iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System V100R002C01

Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management
Issue Date 03 2010-11-19

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2010. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations of any kind, either express or implied. The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Address: Huawei Industrial Base Bantian, Longgang Shenzhen 518129 People's Republic of China http://www.huawei.com support@huawei.com

Website: Email:

Issue 03 (2010-11-19)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

i

iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management

About This Document

About This Document
Related Version
The following table lists the product version related to this document. Product Name iManager U2000 Version V100R002C01

Intended Audience
This document describes the functions and services provided by the UA5000(IPMB). After you read this document, you should be able to know how to operate the UA5000(IPMB) and configure services through the U2000. This document is intended for: l l Data Configuration Engineer Network Monitoring Engineer

Symbol Conventions
The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Symbol Description

DANGER

Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk, which if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk, which if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if not avoided, could result in equipment damage, data loss, performance degradation, or unexpected results.
iii

WARNING

CAUTION
Issue 03 (2010-11-19)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Convention Boldface > Description Buttons.. Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">" signs..About This Document iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Symbol TIP Description Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save time. Ltd. Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional.. parameters. NOTE Command Conventions The command conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Provides additional information to emphasize or supplement important points of the main text. One item is selected. Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by vertical bars. iv Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. }* Description The keywords of a command line are in boldface. A minimum of one item or a maximum of all items can be selected.. Command arguments are in italics. } [ x | y | . click OK. choose File > Create > Folder. ] { x | y | .. For example. Several items or no item can be selected. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . [ x | y | . Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. menus.. ]* GUI Conventions The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows. and dialog titles are in boldface. One item is selected or no item is selected. For example. window. Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by vertical bars. Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. Convention Boldface Italic [] { x | y | .. tabs...

Changes in Issue 01 (2010-08-16) Based on Product Version V100R002C01 Initial release for V100R002C01 version.5 Configuring the xFTP File in the NAT Networking Mode. v . the latest document issue contains all updates made in previous issues. Ltd.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management About This Document Change History Updates between document issues are cumulative. Changes in Issue 02 (2010-09-24) Based on Product Version V100R002C01 The second commercial release has the following updates: The parameter names and graphs are changed according to latest GUIs. Changes in Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Based on Product Version V100R002C01 The third commercial release has the following updates: The following changes: 1. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Therefore.1..

.

............................1-11 1...2 Setting the NE Handshake Parameters.... SFTP..................................................................................................1-21 1.....................................2-11 2...........1..................................................2-10 2.......................1-19 1........................................................................................................................................iii 1 Managing Devices.............................................................................................................................................1-14 1..................1.......................................................... vii .............................................................................................................5...................................................2...2-12 2...4 Bulk Adding NEs to the U2000.........................................................1-43 2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning...................................................................... or TFTP Service (Windows).................................................................... or TFTP Service (Linux).........2-7 2....................9 Configuration Example of Outband Network Management (Based on the SNMPv1 or SNMPv2c Protocol) ..................1-24 1.........................1-18 1...................2 Configuring the Upstream Port of a VLAN...................5 Adding a Shelf..................10 Configuration Example of Outband Network Management (Based on the SNMPv3 Protocol)........2-3 2..................8 Collecting Statistics on Physical Resources................1 Adding a VLAN........6 Configuring the xDSL-Related Profiles.........1-9 1................5 Configuring the xFTP File in the NAT Networking Mode...............iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Contents Contents About This Document.................................................1-6 1......................2-13 Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.......1....2 Setting the Communication Parameters.........................................................................1...............................................................................................12 Configuration Example of Inband Network Management (Based on the SNMPv3 Protocol)......... Ltd........................................4 Configuring the xFTP Watcher.............................1-14 1.......................................................1-12 1..............................3 Configuring a VLAN L3 Interface................1-16 1...................................................................................................................... or TFTP Service (Solaris)......................1 Setting the SNMP Parameters....................................2.......1-20 1........................................................................1 Configuring an ATM Traffic Profile.............1 Configuring the FTP...................................1............................2 Configuring the FTP..............................1 Configuring an ADSL Line Profile..............................................................11 Configuration Example of Inband Network Management (Based on the SNMPv1 or SNMPv2c Protocol) ........................................................................................................................................................1-30 1..................................................................................................................4 Configuring the QoS Policy..............................................2 Configuring an IP Traffic Profile..6 Adding an Inter-shelf Link..................................2-1 2.........1 Configuring the xFTP Service............7 Configuring the Information About Physical Resources............................................3 Adding an OLT to the U2000....................................................1-17 1.1-1 1................... SFTP.............5..............................................................................1-3 1......................3 Configuring the FTP.................6.......................................................1-37 1............................................................................................................1-23 1...........................................................1-3 1............................2-10 2........................2-6 2...........5 Configuring a Global Traffic Profile.2-5 2................................................................................................................................................................ SFTP......................................................................................................................

Contents

iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 2.6.2 Configuring an ADSL Alarm Profile...................................................................................................2-15 2.6.3 Configuring a VDSL2 Line Profile......................................................................................................2-16 2.6.4 Configuring a VDSL2 Alarm Profile...................................................................................................2-19 2.6.5 Configuring a G.SHDSL Line Profile..................................................................................................2-21 2.6.6 Configuring a G.SHDSL Alarm Profile...............................................................................................2-23

2.7 Configuring an IGMP Profile........................................................................................................................2-24 2.7.1 Configuring a Program Profile.............................................................................................................2-25 2.7.2 Configuring a Rights Profile................................................................................................................2-26 2.8 Configuring the System Parameters..............................................................................................................2-27 2.8.1 Configuring the DHCP Relay Mode....................................................................................................2-28 2.8.2 Configuring the RSTP Global Parameters...........................................................................................2-29 2.8.3 Enabling the PPPoA Conversion to PPPoE Function..........................................................................2-29 2.8.4 Configuring the IPoA Parameters........................................................................................................2-30 2.8.5 Configuring the Multicast Parameters..................................................................................................2-31 2.8.6 Setting BFD Parameters.......................................................................................................................2-31 2.8.7 Adding the System Parameter Profile to a Device...............................................................................2-32

3 Setting the System Clock..........................................................................................................3-1
3.1 Introduction to the Clock System....................................................................................................................3-2 3.2 Adding a Clock Source...................................................................................................................................3-2 3.3 Setting the Time Zone and the Daylight Saving Time....................................................................................3-3

4 Configuring the System Security Policy................................................................................4-1
4.1 Querying the Blacklist.....................................................................................................................................4-2

5 Configuring the User Security Policy....................................................................................5-1
5.1 Setting PITP Management Parameters............................................................................................................5-2 5.2 Configuring the Security Enabling or Disabling.............................................................................................5-3 5.3 Configuring DHCP Option 82.........................................................................................................................5-3

6 Configuring the DHCP Relay..................................................................................................6-1
6.1 Introduction to the DHCP Relay.....................................................................................................................6-3 6.2 Configuring the DHCP Standard Mode..........................................................................................................6-4 6.2.1 Adding a DHCP Server Group...............................................................................................................6-5 6.2.2 Configuring a VLAN L3 Interface.........................................................................................................6-6 6.2.3 Binding an L3 Interface to a DHCP Server Group................................................................................6-7 6.3 Configuring the DHCP Option60 Mode.........................................................................................................6-7 6.3.1 Adding a DHCP Server Group...............................................................................................................6-8 6.3.2 Adding a DHCP Domain........................................................................................................................6-8 6.3.3 Configuring a VLAN L3 Interface.........................................................................................................6-9 6.3.4 Configuring the Gateway IP Address of the Domain Under an Interface............................................6-10 6.4 Configuring the DHCP MAC Address Segment Mode................................................................................6-11 6.4.1 Adding a DHCP Server Group.............................................................................................................6-11 6.4.2 Adding a MAC Address Segment........................................................................................................6-12 6.4.3 Configuring a VLAN L3 Interface.......................................................................................................6-13 viii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 03 (2010-11-19)

iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management

Contents

6.4.4 Configuring the Gateway IP Address Corresponding to the MAC Address Segment Under an Interface .......................................................................................................................................................................6-14

7 Configuring the xDSL Access..................................................................................................7-1
7.1 Introduction to the xDSL Access....................................................................................................................7-2 7.2 Configuring the xDSL Access Services..........................................................................................................7-4 7.2.1 Configuring the IPoA Service................................................................................................................7-4 7.2.2 Configuring the PPPoA Service...........................................................................................................7-11 7.2.3 Configuring the IPoE Service..............................................................................................................7-17 7.2.4 Configuring the PPPoE Service...........................................................................................................7-21 7.3 Configuration Example of the ADSL IPoA Access Service.........................................................................7-26 7.4 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE Service................................................................................7-33

8 Configuring Multicast Services...............................................................................................8-1
8.1 Introduction to the Multicast Service..............................................................................................................8-4 8.2 Configuring the Multicast Upstream Port.......................................................................................................8-4 8.3 Applying a Program Profile to a Device.........................................................................................................8-5 8.4 Applying a Rights Profile to a Device............................................................................................................ 8-6 8.5 Configuring a Multicast User..........................................................................................................................8-6

9 Configuring the Multicast Services of Subtending Devices.............................................9-1
9.1 Introduction to the Multicast Services of Subtend Devices............................................................................9-5 9.2 Configuration Example of the Multicast Services of Subtend Devices..........................................................9-5

10 Configuring the Triple Play Service...................................................................................10-1
10.1 Introduction to the Triple Play Service.......................................................................................................10-4 10.2 Configuration Example of the Triple Play Service - xDSL Access............................................................10-5

11 Configuring VLAN Stacking Wholesale Services...........................................................11-1
11.1 Introduction to VLAN Stacking Wholesale Services..................................................................................11-3 11.2 Configuring the VLAN Stacking Attribute.................................................................................................11-4 11.3 Configuring the Inner VLAN Tag...............................................................................................................11-5

12 Configuring the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service........................................................12-1
12.1 Introduction to the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service................................................................................12-3 12.2 Configuring the VLAN QinQ Attribute......................................................................................................12-4

13 Configuring the CESoP TDM Private Line Service........................................................13-1
13.1 Introduction to the CESoP TDM Private Line Service...............................................................................13-3 13.2 Configuring the CES E1 Port......................................................................................................................13-3 13.3 Configuring the CESoP Connection...........................................................................................................13-4 13.4 Configuration Example of the CESoP TDM Private Line Service.............................................................13-5

14 Configuring the Active/Standby Switchover for the Upstream Service.....................14-1
14.1 Configuring the Active/Standby Switchover for the IPM Upstream..........................................................14-2 14.1.1 Configuring the Active/Standby Switchover for the IPM Upstream.................................................14-2 14.1.2 Configuring Upstream Link Detection...............................................................................................14-3 14.2 Configuration Example of the Active/Standby Switchover for the IPM Dual Upstream...........................14-3 Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. ix

Contents

iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management

14.3 Configuring the Active/Standby Switchover for the AIU Upstream..........................................................14-5

15 Configuring the Ethernet OAM Diagnosis.......................................................................15-1
15.1 Introduction to the Ethernet OAM..............................................................................................................15-4 15.2 Configuring an MD.....................................................................................................................................15-6 15.3 Configuring an MA.....................................................................................................................................15-7 15.4 Configuring a Source MEP.........................................................................................................................15-8 15.5 Enabling the Global CFM Function..........................................................................................................15-10 15.6 Configuration Example of the Ethernet OAM Diagnosis.........................................................................15-11

16 Configuring the BFD Network Monitoring......................................................................16-1
16.1 Introduction to BFD....................................................................................................................................16-2 16.2 Setting the BFD Session Parameters...........................................................................................................16-2

17 Detecting the Network..........................................................................................................17-1
17.1 Telnet...........................................................................................................................................................17-2 17.2 Ping..............................................................................................................................................................17-2 17.3 Tracert.........................................................................................................................................................17-2 17.4 SSH..............................................................................................................................................................17-3

18 Saving the Data.......................................................................................................................18-1
18.1 Setting the Parameters for Saving the Data.................................................................................................18-2 18.2 Immediately Enabling Data Saving Function.............................................................................................18-2

19 Synchronization......................................................................................................................19-1
19.1 Synchronizing the NE Data.........................................................................................................................19-2 19.2 Synchronizing the NE Time........................................................................................................................19-2 19.3 Synchronizing NE Alarms..........................................................................................................................19-2 19.4 Synchronizing the System Parameter Profile..............................................................................................19-3

20 File Operations.......................................................................................................................20-1
20.1 Saving Records as a File.............................................................................................................................20-2 20.2 Previewing the File Printing Effect.............................................................................................................20-2 20.3 Printing........................................................................................................................................................20-3

21 Remote Maintenance Guide................................................................................................21-1
21.1 Monitoring Critical and Major Alarms of NEs...........................................................................................21-3 21.2 Measuring the CPU Usage of a Board........................................................................................................21-5 21.3 Measuring the Performance of an Upstream Ethernet Port.........................................................................21-8 21.4 Measuring the Usage of NE Resources.....................................................................................................21-10 21.5 Checking the NE User Level.....................................................................................................................21-11 21.6 Changing the Password of an NE User.....................................................................................................21-12 21.7 Saving, Backing Up, and Restoring NE Data...........................................................................................21-14 21.7.1 Saving and Backing Up the NE Data Periodically...........................................................................21-14 21.7.2 Saving and Backing Up NE Data Immediately................................................................................21-20 21.7.3 Checking the Backup of the NE Configuration Data.......................................................................21-23 21.7.4 Restoring the NE Data Immediately................................................................................................21-25 x Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 03 (2010-11-19)

iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management

Contents

A Acronyms and Abbreviations................................................................................................A-1

Issue 03 (2010-11-19)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xi

......................................7-3 Figure 7-2 Flowchart for configuring the IPoA access service...........................................1-44 Figure 6-1 Flowchart for configuring the DHCP relay function.........................................12-3 Figure 13-1 Flowchart for configuring the CESoP TDM private line service ....13-2 Figure 13-2 Example network of the CESoP TDM private line service ................................. Ltd.7-27 Figure 7-7 Example Network of the VDSL2 PPPoE Service..........................................1-38 Figure 1-4 Example network of inband network management..................10-6 Figure 11-1 Flowchart for configuring the wholesale service...................................... xiii ........................7-18 Figure 7-5 Flowchart for configuring the PPPoE access service......................................................................9-2 Figure 9-2 Flowchart for configuring the multicast service of the subtending device (Device B).......................................................................................................................................13-6 Figure 15-1 Flowchart for configuring the Ethernet OAM diagnosis......................12-2 Figure 12-2 Example network for private line service configuration ................................................10-2 Figure 10-2 Example network of the triple play service...............................8-2 Figure 9-1 Flowchart for configuring the multicast service of the subtending device (Device A)..........................................................................................15-5 Figure 15-3 Example network of the Ethernet OAM........................................................9-6 Figure 10-1 Flowchart for configuring the triple play service-ADSL access.........1-31 Figure 1-3 Example network of inband network management........................................................................................................................6-2 Figure 7-1 Example network of the ADSL access service.....15-2 Figure 15-2 Example network of the Ethernet OAM....11-4 Figure 12-1 Flowchart for configuring the private line service.................................................................7-13 Figure 7-4 Flowchart for configuring the IPoE access service....................iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Figures Figures Figure 1-1 Example network of outband network management..................................................................................................................................7-23 Figure 7-6 Example network of the ADSL IPoA access service.9-3 Figure 9-3 Example network of the multicast service of subtend device...........................................................................................1-25 Figure 1-2 Example network of outband network management............7-6 Figure 7-3 Flowchart for configuring the PPPoA access service.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................11-2 Figure 11-2 Example network of the wholesale service ..................................................................................................................................................................................15-11 Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..........................................................................................................................................................................7-33 Figure 8-1 Flowchart for configuring multicast services..........................................................................................

.

.........................1-39 Table 1-7 Data plan for inband network management in a U2000 single-server system.................15-12 Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co......................................................................................................................................................................................2-4 Table 2-3 ACL classification..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................1-45 Table 2-1 VLAN types and their applications........................................................... xv ........6-3 Table 7-1 Data plan for the ADSL service in IPoA mode.................................1-26 Table 1-2 Data plan for outband network management in a U2000 HA system...........................2-3 Table 2-2 VLAN attributes.....................................2-8 Table 6-1 L3 forwarding mode....1-32 Table 1-5 Data plan for inband network management in a U2000 single-server system........................................................ Ltd............................................xDSL access...................................9-6 Table 10-1 Triple play implementation ..............................................1-45 Table 1-8 Data plan for inband network management in a U2000 HA system...........................................................................................................................14-4 Table 15-1 Data plan for the Ethernet OAM.......1-38 Table 1-6 Data plan for inband network management in a U2000 HA system................................10-4 Table 10-2 Data plan for the triple play service.7-34 Table 9-1 Data plan for the multicast service in subtend mode ...................................iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Tables Tables Table 1-1 Data plan for outband network management in a U2000 single-server system........7-27 Table 7-2 Data plan for the VDSL2 PPPoE service............................1-26 Table 1-3 Data plan for outband network management in a U2000 single-server system...............................................................................................................................................................................13-6 Table 14-1 Data plan for the active/standby switchover for the IPM dual upstream.............................................................1-31 Table 1-4 Data plan for outband network management in a U2000 HA system.................................................10-7 Table 13-1 Data plan for the CESoP TDM private line service.........................

.

Ltd. 1. After you add the slave shelf successfully.3 Adding an OLT to the U2000 This topic describes how to add an OLT to the U2000. The U2000 determines whether the device is running in the normal state and manages the device. When an NE is managed by several U2000s. an error message will be displayed indicating that the NE fails to be added.1 Configuring the xFTP Service This topic describes how to configure the FTP. the control Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 1. or Linux OS and how to check the xFTP service on the U2000. Solaris.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 1 Managing Devices 1 About This Chapter Context Managing Devices The U2000 provides the graphical management function for devices. When an NE is added to several U2000s. l l When you synchronize the data of an NE that is managed by the U2000 of different versions. 1. 1. You can manage devices in a centralized manner on the U2000. After the NEs are added to the topology view. an error message will be displayed indicating that NE data synchronization fails..2 Setting the Communication Parameters This topic describes how to set the device handshake parameters and SNMP trap port number to set up the communication between the device and U2000. The device automatically sends the trap packet to the U2000 periodically to report the exception event and error alarm to the U2000. 1-1 . SFTP. or TFTP service on Windows. the U2000 can display the physical status of the devices in the NE Pane for device maintenance and management. the NE will fail to be added and the NE data synchronization will also fail.4 Bulk Adding NEs to the U2000 This topic describes how to bulk add NEs to the U2000 to manage the NEs in a centralized manner. 1.5 Adding a Shelf To increase the access capacity of the UA5000(IPMB) and reduce costs. you need to add a local slave shelf on the U2000 and the device.

NEs. that is. cards. however. Nevertheless. This facilitates resource management and search.10 Configuration Example of Outband Network Management (Based on the SNMPv3 Protocol) This topic describes how to manage and maintain the UA5000(IPMB) in the outband network management mode on the U2000. 1. The U2000 can collect statistics on network-wide physical resources and save the statistics in files of different types.7 Configuring the Information About Physical Resources This topic describes how to configure the information about physical resources that cannot be obtained from devices. Therefore. shelves. outband network management provides more reliable device management channels. In the inband network management mode.11 Configuration Example of Inband Network Management (Based on the SNMPv1 or SNMPv2c Protocol) This topic describers how to manage and maintain the UA5000(IPMB) in the inband network management mode on the U2000. compared with inband network management. racks.9 Configuration Example of Outband Network Management (Based on the SNMPv1 or SNMPv2c Protocol) This topic describes how to manage and maintain the UA5000(IPMB) in the outband network management mode on the U2000. the management channels and the service channels are separated. and ONUs. compared with outband network management. The service cards in the slave shelf. 1. 1. Therefore. In the outband network management mode. you need to perform this operation. subcards. Nevertheless.12 Configuration Example of Inband Network Management (Based on the SNMPv3 Protocol) This topic describers how to manage and maintain the UA5000(IPMB) in the inband network management mode on the U2000. In the inband network management mode.1 Managing Devices iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management card in the slave shelf works in the normal state. 1.8 Collecting Statistics on Physical Resources Physical resources include telecommunications rooms. 1. 1. non-service channels provided by managed devices are used to transmit management information. the service channels provided by managed devices are used to transmit management information. Ltd. 1-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. compared with outband network management. thereby making it convenient for users to view the statistics. the management channels and the service channels are separated. that is. network maintenance is difficult. 1. Therefore. inband network management provides a more flexible networking mode without extra devices and is cost-effective. the slave shelf changes to the normal state and the cards in the slave shelf can be managed by the master shelf in a unified manner. the service channels provided by managed devices are used to transmit management information. After the inter-shelf link is added successfully. In the outband network management mode. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . if the physical lines connecting the inter-shelf link and the slave shelf are correct. work in the normal state only after you confirm them. compared with inband network management. inband network management provides a more flexible networking mode without extra devices and is cost-effective.. network maintenance is difficult. ports. non-service channels provided by managed devices are used to transmit management information. Therefore. outband network management provides more reliable device management channels.6 Adding an Inter-shelf Link When the master shelf needs to communicate with the slave shelf to manage the cards in the slave shelf in a unified manner.

SFTP.exe 1. or TFTP server is configured. SFTP. or TFTP protocol to upgrade NEs. Copy the wftpd32.1.5 Configuring the xFTP File in the NAT Networking Mode In the NAT networking mode. or TFTP service on Linux OS. Solaris.1 Configuring the FTP. 2. Procedure l Configuring the FTP server by using the third-party tool wftpd32. 1. or TFTP Service (Linux) This topic describes how to configure and start the FTP. 1. SFTP. choose Security > Users/rights and create a user.1 Configuring the xFTP Service This topic describes how to configure the FTP. SFTP. or Linux OS and how to check the xFTP service on the U2000. 1.3 Configuring the FTP. Context l l The third-party tool must be started after the FTP. and patch installation. you need to configure the xFTP watcher.. data backup. 1. SFTP. SFTP. SFTP.1. or TFTP Service (Windows) This topic describes how to configure and start the FTP. or TFTP Service (Windows) This topic describes how to configure and start the FTP. SFTP. The DC communicates with clients or NEs by using the FTP. or TFTP protocol for NE upgrade. or TFTP service on Windows. The file transfer parameters set on the U2000 must be the same as the parameters set on the FTP.1 Configuring the FTP.1. SFTP. back up data. and install patches. SFTP. and install patches. or TFTP service on Windows OS.exe file to the U2000 server and double-click the file. or TFTP service on Windows OS. 1. SFTP. or TFTP server. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 1-3 . In the dialog box that is displayed. the NE data is successfully synchronized to the U2000 server and the U2000 successfully manages the NEs whose data is synchronized in xFTP mode. Ltd. choose Security > Host/net and enter the IP address of the FTP server. and patch installation. NE software communicates with the client or NEs through the FTP.4 Configuring the xFTP Watcher When NE data is synchronized to the U2000 server in FTP or SFTP mode. If you configure the xFTP watcher correctly. SFTP.1. or TFTP protocol for NE upgrade. or TFTP protocol to upgrade NEs. The DC communicates with clients or NEs by using the FTP.1.2 Configuring the FTP. back up data.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 1 Managing Devices 1. data backup. SFTP. SFTP. or TFTP service on Solaris OS. or TFTP Service (Solaris) This topic describes how to configure and start the FTP. SFTP. 1. NE software communicates with the client or NEs through the FTP.1. the xFTP must be configured to ensure that the device data can be synchronized to the U2000 server automatically.

2. In the dialog box that is displayed. l Testing the communication between the FTP. 2.exe file to the U2000 server and double-click the file.exe 1. Ltd. SFTP.1 Managing Devices iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management l Configuring the SFTP server by using the third-party tool msftpsrvr. In the dialog box that is displayed.. Copy the msftpsrvr. create a user.exe 1. set the root directory and the IP address of the TFTP server. Copy the tftpd32.exe file to the U2000 server and double-click the file. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . or TFTP service and the NE software 1-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Configuring the TFTP server by using the third-party tool tftpd32.

2. or TFTP server.. Ltd. password. 1-5 . SFTP. ensure that the user name. NOTE l File Transfer Service Root Directory configured on the U2000 must be the same as the root directory configured on the FTP. Test SFTP. ensure that the user name and password set in the last step are the same as the user name and password set when the FTP server is configured. and port number set in the last step are the same as the user name. Choose Administration > NE Software Management > FTP Settings from the main menu. or TFTP server must be started. l Click Test FTP. password. In addition. l If the SFTP protocol is used. In the dialog box that is displayed. SFTP. Select a proper protocol from the Protocol dropdown list for file transfer between NEs and the U2000 server. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 3. Click the Transfer Protocol tab. or Test TFTP to check the configuration of the file transfer service. and port number set when the SFTP server is configured. the FTP. click the File Transfer Service Setting tab to configure the parameters of the file transfer service. l If the FTP protocol is used.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 1 Managing Devices 1.

back up data. 1. Context l l In the case of the Solaris. SFTP. 1.or Linux-based U2000. or TFTP protocol to upgrade NEs.d 1-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. or TFTP function provided by the Solaris or Linux OS is used. and install patches. user name. or TFTP server can be configured in the command line interface (CLI). the FTP. Prerequisite You must be logged in to the Solaris OS as user root.2 Configuring the FTP. SFTP. SFTP. The root directory. and password of the FTP. The DC communicates with clients or NEs by using the FTP. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . or TFTP service must be the same as those that are set on the U2000 client.1 Managing Devices iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 4.1. or TFTP Service (Solaris) This topic describes how to configure and start the FTP. l Procedure l Configure the FTP server. The configuration method varies with OS versions. or TFTP service on Solaris OS. SFTP. run the following commands: – Solaris 8: # cd /etc/init. To start the FTP service. ----End Click OK. Ltd. On Solaris OS. SFTP. The following section describes the configuration processes on the Solaris 8 and Solaris 10 OSs in details. the FTP.. SFTP.

* 0 0 49152 0 3. NOTE If the following message is displayed. To create an SFTP user and set its user name and password. 3. On the Common Desktop Environment (CDE) desktop./inetsvc start – Solaris 10: # inetconv -i /etc/inet/inetd. NOTE If the following message is displayed. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Start the TFTP service.tftpd in. 1-7 . (2) Run the svcadm refresh svc:/network/ssh:default command. it indicates that the ssh service is started on Solaris OS. Ltd. 1. it indicates that the FTP service is started. *. perform the following steps to start it: (1) In the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. 2. Locate the inetd. If the command exists but is commented out by the pound sign (#).. If the ssh service is not started.conf file in the etc directory and double-click the file to open the file. delete the pound sign and save the file.tftpd -s /tftpboot command. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. right-click and choose File > File Manager from the shortcut menu. run the # netstat -a | grep ftp command.conf 1>/dev/null 2>&1 # svcadm enable svc:/network/ftp 2. run the following commands: # useradd -d /tftpboot -s /bin/bash ftpuser # passwd ftpuser New Password: ftp123 Re-enter new Password: ftp123 l Configure the SFTP server. run the following commands: # useradd -d /tftpboot sftpuser # passwd sftpuser l Configure the TFTP server.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 1 Managing Devices # . 4.ftp LISTEN *.* *. add it to the file.tftp *.tftp Idle *. To check whether the FTP service is started. To create an FTP user and set its user name and password. Search for the tftp dgram udp6 wait root /usr/sbin/in.ftp 0 0 49152 0 LISTEN Idle *. NOTE If the command does not exist.tftp May_04 svc:/network/ssh:default 3. change PasswordAuthentication no to PasswordAuthentication yes and PermitRootLogin no to PermitRootLogin yes. 1. run the svcs -a |grep ssh command. To check whether the ssh service is started on Solaris OS. 2. online *.

you need to stop the TFTP service and then restart it. do as follows: l Solaris 8: Run the .conf 1>/dev/null 2>&1 command.1 Managing Devices iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management – Solaris 8: Run the .d path. click the File Transfer Service Setting tab to configure the parameters of the file transfer service. In the dialog box that is displayed. and then run the svcadm enable svc:/network/tftp/udp6:default command to start the TFTP service. 2. 1-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co./inetsvc stop command in the /etc/init. l Run the #svcs |grep tftp command to check whether the TFTP service is started on Solaris OS. To stop the TFTP service.conf configuration file is modified. Testing the communication between the FTP. Ltd. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . – Solaris 10: Run the inetconv -i /etc/inet/inetd. or TFTP service and the NE software 1. l Solaris 10: Run the svcadm disable svc:/network/tftp/udp6:default command.. After the service is started. the default TFTP file path is /tftpboot. NOTE If the /etc/inet/inetd. SFTP./inetsvc start command in the /etc/init. 5. After the service is started. Choose Administration > NE Software Management > FTP Settings from the main menu.d path to start the TFTP service. the default TFTP file path is / tftpboot.

----End Click OK. and port number set in the last step are the same as the user name. or Test TFTP to check the configuration of the file transfer service. or TFTP protocol to upgrade NEs. or TFTP service on Linux OS. Ltd. The DC communicates with clients or NEs by using the FTP. SFTP. ensure that the user name and password set in the last step are the same as the user name and password set when the FTP server is configured. 4. l Click Test FTP. 3.. SFTP. SFTP.1. Select a proper protocol from the Protocol dropdown list for file transfer between NEs and the U2000 server. Click the Transfer Protocol tab. In addition.3 Configuring the FTP. 1-9 . l If the FTP protocol is used. password.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management NOTE 1 Managing Devices l File Transfer Service Root Directory configured on the U2000 must be the same as the root directory configured on the FTP. l If the SFTP protocol is used. or TFTP Service (Linux) This topic describes how to configure and start the FTP. Test SFTP. ensure that the user name. and install patches. 1. Prerequisite You must be logged in to the Linux OS as user root. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. password. SFTP. the FTP. and port number set when the SFTP server is configured. back up data. or TFTP server. SFTP. or TFTP server must be started.

Run the /etc/init. (2) Choose Network Services > TFTP Server.or Linux-based U2000. user name. In a distributed system. the FTP. you need to configure the FTP or SFTP service on the master server and the slave server that is deployed with the access NE management instance by following the same procedure. In the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. SFTP.d/sshd start command to start the SFTP service. do as follows: (1) Click YaST. 3. 7. To configure the TFTP server by using the YaST. In the terminal window. l Configure the TFTP server.d # /xinetd stop – To start the FTP service. Restart the OS. run the following commands: # cd /etc/init. After the OS is restarted.1 Managing Devices iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Context l l l In the case of the Solaris. Procedure l Configure the FTP server. run the useradd -d /ftpboot -m -s /bin/bash ftpuser command to create an SFTP user. 1.d/sshd stop command to stop the SFTP service. Ltd. Run the sftp servername@localhost command to connect to the server. or TFTP service must be the same as those that are set on the U2000 client. 1. SFTP. run the following commands: # cd /etc/init. – To stop the FTP service.d # . run the passwd ftpuser command to change the password of the SFTP user to ftpuser. 6. The administrator setting panel is displayed. The root directory. and password of the FTP. as shown in the following figure. ftpuser in the command indicates the SFTP user name./xinetd start l Configure the SFTP server. run the /etc/init. 2. The TFTP Server Configuration window is displayed. Restart the FTP service. run the following commands: # useradd -d /tftpboot -s /bin/bash ftpuser # passwd ftpuser New Password: ftp123 Re-enter new Password: ftp123 2. After the configuration file is modified. change PasswordAuthentication no to PasswordAuthentication yes to allow the SFTP user to log in to the Linux OS after entering the password. 5. 1. or TFTP function provided by the Solaris or Linux OS is used. To create an FTP user and set its user name and password.. 1-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . 4.

d command to navigate to the / etc/xinetd. To restart the TFTP service. To improve the efficiency of synchronizing NE data.000 NEs are managed. set disable to yes (that is.1. Context Data synchronization in xFTP mode is implemented based on the FTP or SFTP protocol. SFTP.1.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 1 Managing Devices 2. run the /etc/init. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.2 Configuring the FTP. If you configure the xFTP watcher correctly. NEs upload their data in the form of files to the U2000 by using the FTP or SFTP protocol. or TFTP Service (Linux). (2) Set disable to no (that is.d directory. 1-11 . do as follows: (1) In the terminal window. the NE data is successfully synchronized to the U2000 server and the U2000 successfully manages the NEs whose data is synchronized in xFTP mode. The UA5000IPMB V100R019C00 supports data synchronization in xFTP mode.1. disable = yes) in the tftp file. For details. ----End 1. SFTP. To configure the TFTP server by using the Konsole. and 1.4 Configuring the xFTP Watcher When NE data is synchronized to the U2000 server in FTP or SFTP mode. you need to configure the xFTP watcher. run the vi tftp command to open the tftp file. Ltd. see 1. Prerequisite The third-party software must be available for configuring the FTP server if more than 5. run the cd /etc/xinetd. or TFTP Service (Solaris).1. disable = no) to start the TFTP server.d/xinetd restart command.1 Configuring the FTP. SFTP. The FTP or SFTP server must be configured and the xFTP service must be enabled. 1. NOTE To stop the TFTP service.3 Configuring the FTP. Then. or TFTP Service (Windows)..

l The U2000 synchronizes data in FTP or SFTP mode. l IP address cannot be set to 127. NOTE l The default values of Username. 1-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. IP address is the IP address that is configured by means of the network address translation (NAT). it automatically configures the xFTP watcher. l The value of Root path must be correct.5 Configuring the xFTP File in the NAT Networking Mode In the NAT networking mode. you do not need to configure the xFTP watcher. Password.1. ----End 1.1 Managing Devices NOTE iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management l In the case of the NE whose data is synchronized in SNMP mode. Therefore. l If the user password and path of the FTP service are changed.0. you do not need to modify the default configuration unless it is necessary. Root path must be an absolute path and cannot end with / or \ or contain a space. l In the case of a single-server system.1. IP address is the IP address of the FTP server that can communicate with NEs. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . d: (Windows-based server) or /ftpboot ( Linux-based server or Solaris-based server for single-server system) or /opt/sybase/data ( Solaris-based server for backup system) respectively. In addition.0. l After the U2000 that is newly installed is started successfully. that is. 3 In the dialog box that is displayed. u2000ftpuser. and Root path of the U2000 FTP service are ftpuser. set the parameters. make sure that Password and Root path in the xFtpWatcher dialog box are also changed. Procedure 1 Choose Administration > Settings > xFtpWatcher from the main menu. 2 In the xFtpWatcher dialog box. the xFTP must be configured to ensure that the device data can be synchronized to the U2000 server automatically. the IP address of the U2000 server. click Add. In the case of a distributed system. not in TFTP mode..

l NE start IP address and NE end IP address: Specify the IP address range of NEs. you need to create the iptable_ne2nms. l U2000 IP address: Indicates the external IP address that the U2000 at a site uses to communicate with NEs. If the NAT networking mode is adopted.71. In this case.255 10.227. For details. Each line added to the configuration file indicates a mapping configuration.10.36.cfg file in the installation directory $IMAPROOT/server/etc/ conf/ of the U2000 server. 1-13 . The IP addresses of other devices are in the 136. this parameter does not need to be specified.0.23.1 136.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 1 Managing Devices Prerequisite The xFTP watcher of the U2000 must be configured.25 Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Procedure 1 Open the iptable_ne2nms.221.2 198.1 10.71. configure the iptable_ne2nms. the iptable_ne2nms. if the NAT networking mode is not adopted. ----End Example In the NAT networking mode.168.2 198.0.71.0 network and these devices can communicate with the U2000 through the mapping address of the U2000 server. The format of the mapping configurations is as follows: NE start IP address NE end IP address U2000 IP address [the IP address of the U2000 after NAT translation] The parameters are separated with white spaces or tab spaces.cfg file must be configured on the master server.0 network and these devices can communicate with the U2000 server.221.10. In the distributed NAT networking mode.12. the mapping configuration is 10.0..12.36. For example.152 10.255 10. this parameter must be specified.71.2 and the IP address changes to 198. the mapping configuration is 10.0.1 10. see 1. 2 Configure the iptable_ne2nms.0. and the FTP service must be enabled.0.36. The IP address ranges of the NEs at different sites can overlap.4 Configuring the xFTP Watcher.71.0.25 after the mapping on the firewall. l The IP address of the U2000 after NAT translation: If the NAT networking mode is adopted between the U2000 and NEs. Ltd.168.255 136.12.0. The IP addresses of certain devices are in the 198.0.1.255 136.226. Context l If the NAT networking mode is adopted or the U2000 manages NEs in multiple separated network segments.0.cfg file.1 198.cfg file as follows: 136.227.71.10.0.cfg file manually and configure it to ensure that the device data is synchronized to the U2000 server automatically. Otherwise.0.226.23. the IP address of the U2000 server is 136.153. the FTP server must be configured successfully.

1 Setting the SNMP Parameters This topic describes how to set the SNMP parameters. l To ensure the device security. You can directly use the set SNMP parameter profile when adding a device. modifying information. The device initiates the handshake request actively. diagnosing faults. locating faults. you need to set Device Access Protocol Parameters to choose the corresponding the get community name and set community name. The SNMP protocol uses the polling mechanism and provides the most basic function set to implement the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) that runs on the transmission layer and is based on the connectionless mode. 1. the default name of the get community is public and the default name of the set community is private. If the U2000 receives the handshake packets on a timed basis. you can learn the communication status between the device and the U2000. Context Currently.1 Setting the SNMP Parameters This topic describes how to set the SNMP parameters. and sends the handshake packets on a timed basis. Hence. the SNMP protocol is most widely applied in computer networks. You can directly use the set SNMP parameter profile when adding a device. 1-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. NOTE l The profile name must be unique. the SNMP protocol can implement obstacle-free connections with multiple products. planning capacities. the system considers that the current communication is in the normal state. The device automatically sends the trap packet to the U2000 periodically to report the exception event and error alarm to the U2000. The set SNMP parameters need to be consistent with the parameters on the device. you can test whether the SNMP parameters on the U2000 are consistent with the SNMP parameters on the device by performing Step 6 to Step 7.. 1.2. when adding a device. sometimes you need to change the get community name and set community name.2. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . l After setting the SNMP parameters. the adding may fail. The set SNMP parameters need to be consistent with the parameters on the device. Procedure 1 Choose Administration > NE Communicate Parameter > NE Access Protocol Parameters from the main menu. Ltd.2.2 Setting the Communication Parameters This topic describes how to set the device handshake parameters and SNMP trap port number to set up the communication between the device and U2000. The SNMP protocol ensures that the management information is transmitted between any two nodes. Otherwise. Then. 1. The U2000 determines whether the device is running in the normal state and manages the device. l Currently.2 Setting the NE Handshake Parameters By setting the device handshake parameters. and generating reports on any node in the network.1 Managing Devices iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 1. This facilitates the operations of the network administrator in terms of retrieving information.

In the dialog box that is displayed. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and then click Add. set the Template Name. and Set Community parameters. 3 In the dialog box that is displayed.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 1 Managing Devices 2 On the tab page that is displayed.. click the corresponding tab. Ltd. Get Community. click Reset. 1-15 .

.2. 4 Click OK. ----End 1. If the duration is too short. 6 In the dialog box that is displayed. If the U2000 receives the handshake packets on a timed basis. click Yes to test the set SNMP parameters. you can learn the communication status between the device and the U2000. If the duration is too long. Context The handshake duration between the device and the U2000 determines the handshake frequency. you can configure the related parameters. 7 The U2000 displays the Loading dialog box. the system considers that the current communication is in the normal state.1 Managing Devices NOTE iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management When clicking the SNMPv3 Parameters tab. 1-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. the U2000 may face a heavy burden when managing too many devices and processing too many handshake packets. the U2000 cannot immediately detect the disconnection between the device and U2000. click OK. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . 5 Select the added SNMP parameters. and sends the handshake packets on a timed basis. You can set proper handshake duration according to the requirements. After the testing is complete. Click OK.2 Setting the NE Handshake Parameters By setting the device handshake parameters. The device initiates the handshake request actively.

read community name. 1-17 . Ltd. The UA5000(IPMB) and UA5000(PVM) can be discovered automatically by the U2000. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. see 1.1 Configuring the xFTP Service.3 Adding an OLT to the U2000 This topic describes how to add an OLT to the U2000. you can add the UA5000(IPMB) and UA5000(PVM) at the same time. an error message will be displayed indicating that NE data synchronization fails.1 Setting the SNMP Parameters. Procedure l Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Add an OLT to the U2000. You can manage devices in a centralized manner on the U2000. Context When an NE is managed by several U2000s. check whether the settings of the SNMP parameters on the U2000 are the same as the SNMP parameters on the device and the SNMP parameters are activated. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. For details. The SNMP parameters on the U2000 must be the same as the SNMP parameters on the device. NOTE l l A mini-EMS supports up to 25 OLTs. 4 Click Apply. 2 Choose NE Properties > Configure NE Handshake Parameter from the navigation tree on the tab page that is displayed. Prerequisite The FTP server must be configured correctly and the FTP service must be enabled. and write community name. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 1 Managing Devices Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. 3 Select the Device Handshake Switch check box in the view on the right side. If a device fails to be added. you must delete certain OLTs first. an error message will be displayed indicating that the NE fails to be added. see 1. When adding multi-service access nodes (MSANs). To add more OLTs. These parameters include the protocol version. When an NE is added to several U2000s. For details. l l l When you synchronize the data of an NE that is managed by the U2000 of different versions. ----End 1.2.. Make sure that the SNMP parameters of the two devices are the same and that the SNMP parameters on the U2000 are the same as the SNMP parameters on the two devices. and set the device handshake duration. the NE will fail to be added and the NE data synchronization will also fail.

For details. After the device data is loaded and read successfully. see 1. For details. The SNMP parameters on the U2000 must be the same as the SNMP parameters on the NEs. you need to right-click the NE and choose Synchronize NE Data from the shortcut menu.1 Managing Devices iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 1. the system automatically refreshes the device icon.1 Setting the SNMP Parameters. In the Main Topology. In the dialog box that is displayed. Context When an NE is managed by several U2000s. These parameters include the protocol version. and set community name. Click OK. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . right-click in the Physical Root navigation tree and choose New > NE from the shortcut menu. the system displays a message indicating that it takes several seconds or dozens of minutes to load the device data. 1.. 2.1. see 1. get community name. Ltd.4 Bulk Adding NEs to the U2000 This topic describes how to bulk add NEs to the U2000 to manage the NEs in a centralized manner. Prerequisite l l The FTP server must be configured correctly and the FTP service must be enabled. the NE will fail to be added and the NE data synchronization will also fail. ----End Result If the icon of the NE is gray or has a sign like a gear in the upper left corner in the Main Topology. NOTE In the dialog box that is displayed. set the parameters. 3.4 Configuring the xFTP Watcher.2. 1-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

2 In the dialog box that is displayed. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. an error message will be displayed indicating that the NE fails to be added. click the SNMP/ICMP NE Search tab and set the parameters. an error message will be displayed indicating that NE data synchronization fails.5 Adding a Shelf To increase the access capacity of the UA5000(IPMB) and reduce costs. however. After you add the slave shelf successfully. NOTE l In the NE Type field. 1-19 . you need to add a local slave shelf on the U2000 and the device. Procedure 1 Choose File > Discovery > NE from the main menu. When an NE is added to several U2000s. work in the normal state only after you confirm them. 3 Click Next. The service cards in the slave shelf.. l Click Add to configure the range of IP addresses of automatically discovered NEs in the IP address Range area. ----End 1. l Click Default SNMP Parameter to set the SNMP parameters on the U2000 for successful communications between the U2000 and NEs. By default. the value is All Device Types. The U2000 starts searching for NEs and reading the data of the NEs in real time.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 1 Managing Devices l l When you synchronize the data of an NE that is managed by the U2000 of different versions. select the required device type. the control card in the slave shelf works in the normal state. Ltd.

you cannot add a slave shelf any more. you must enter the correct shelf type. the slave shelf fails to be added. and HABL. After the inter-shelf link is added successfully. The common types of slave shelves are HABE and HABB. Number.. 3 Click OK. you need to perform this operation. Otherwise. 2 In the dialog box that is displayed. Pay attention to the following when adding a slave shelf for a master shelf: – The shelves of the H601/H602 and H612 types cannot be used as the master shelf and the slave shelf at the same time. right-click the required device and choose Add Frame from the shortcut menu. After adding a slave shelf. When adding a slave shelf for a master shelf. The common types of master shelves are HABD. you must connect the master shelf with the slave shelf correctly by using a data cable. HABA. set the parameters such as Name. Ltd. and Type.1 Managing Devices iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Context l l l l When adding a shelf. – The H601HABL master shelves do not support any slave shelf. the slave shelf cannot work in the normal state.6 Adding an Inter-shelf Link When the master shelf needs to communicate with the slave shelf to manage the cards in the slave shelf in a unified manner. Procedure 1 In the Physical Root navigation tree. Otherwise. Otherwise. the cards in the shelf cannot work in the normal state. 1-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the slave shelf changes to the normal state and the cards in the slave shelf can be managed by the master shelf in a unified manner. ensure that the slave shelf is compatible with the master shelf. if the physical lines connecting the inter-shelf link and the slave shelf are correct. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . – If the slave shelf works as the master shelf. ----End 1.

iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management

1 Managing Devices

Procedure
1 In the Main Topology, double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree; or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. 2 Choose Inter-frame Link Management from the navigation tree on the tab page that is displayed. 3 Right-click, and then choose Add. 4 In the dialog box that is displayed, set the Frame, Slot, Port, and Link direction parameters.

5 Click OK. ----End

1.7 Configuring the Information About Physical Resources
This topic describes how to configure the information about physical resources that cannot be obtained from devices. This facilitates resource management and search.

Procedure
l Configure the information about the rack. 1. 2. Choose Inventory > Physical Inventory > Rack from the main menu. Click the Rack List tab. (1) To create a rack, right-click in the information list and choose New from the shortcut menu. In the dialog box that is displayed, configure the information about the rack.

Issue 03 (2010-11-19)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

1-21

1 Managing Devices

iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management

(2) To add a shelf to the rack, click the Shelf Information tab, right-click, and then choose Install Shelf from the shortcut menu. In the dialog box that is displayed, select the shelf that will be added to the rack.

l

Configure the information about the telecommunications room. 1. 2. Choose Inventory > Physical Inventory > Telecommunications Room from the main menu. Click the Telecommunications Room List tab. (1) To create a telecommunications room, right-click in the information list and choose New from the shortcut menu. In the dialog box that is displayed, configure the information about the telecommunications room. (2) To add the rack to the telecommunications room and configure the related U2000, right-click a record in the information list and choose Install Racks/NMSs from the shortcut menu. In the dialog box that is displayed, select the rack that will be added to the telecommunications room and the related U2000.

----End

Result
After configuring the information about the physical resources, you can easily query the information about the telecommunications room, rack, shelf, and card.

1-22

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-11-19)

iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management

1 Managing Devices

1.8 Collecting Statistics on Physical Resources
Physical resources include telecommunications rooms, racks, NEs, shelves, cards, subcards, ports, and ONUs. The U2000 can collect statistics on network-wide physical resources and save the statistics in files of different types, thereby making it convenient for users to view the statistics.

Context
The navigation tree on the Physical Inventory tab page provides the types of all physical inventories whose statistics can be collected. This topic considers NEs and ports as examples to describe how to collect statistics on NEs and ports.

Procedure
l To collect statistics on NEs, do as follows: 1. 2. Choose Inventory > Physical Inventory > NE from the main menu. In the window that is displayed, click the NE Statistics tab. Then, select the statistics type and statistics collection scope to query the number of NEs of different types. – You can query the number of NEs of a specific type by selecting the statistics scope.

– You can also customize statistics types to meet different requirements.

Issue 03 (2010-11-19)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

1-23

1 Managing Devices

iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management

3.

Click the buttons in the lower right corner to implement different functions. – Click Count to display the data in the server database on the client in real time. – Click Save As to save data to a .xls, .txt, .html. or .csv file and save the file in the report folder in the client directory. – Click Print and set Start Row and End Row to print the required contents.

l

To collect statistics on ports, do as follows: 1. 2. Choose Inventory > Physical Inventory > Port from the main menu. In the window that is displayed, click the Port Statistics tab. Then, select the required NE to collect the statistics on types and numbers of ports on NEs of different types.

3.

Click the buttons in the lower right corner to implement different functions. – Click Count to display the data in the server database on the client in real time. – Click Save As to save data to a .xls, .txt, .html. or .csv file and save the file in the report folder in the client directory. – Click Print and set Start Row and End Row to print the required contents.

----End

1.9 Configuration Example of Outband Network Management (Based on the SNMPv1 or SNMPv2c Protocol)
This topic describes how to manage and maintain the UA5000(IPMB) in the outband network management mode on the U2000. In the outband network management mode, non-service channels provided by managed devices are used to transmit management information, that is, the management channels and the service channels are separated. Therefore, compared with inband network management, outband network management provides more reliable device management channels.
1-24 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 03 (2010-11-19)

iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management

1 Managing Devices

Example Network
Figure 1-1 shows an example network of outband network management. The U2000 manages and maintains the UA5000(IPMB) through the maintenance network port in the outband network management mode. Therefore, you need to add a static route to the U2000 and set the related SNMP parameters on the UA5000(IPMB).
NOTE

The procedure for configuring SNMPv1-based outband network management is similar to the SNMPv2cbased outband network management. This topic considers the SNMPv1-based outband network management as an example.

Figure 1-1 Example network of outband network management

U2000 Router UA5000
GE 0/2/0

COM ETH IPMB

Data Plan
Configuring Outband Network Management in a U2000 Single-Server System The IP address of the outband network management port of the UA5000(IPMB) must be in the same network segment as the IP address of the gateway. When the IP address of the outband network management port is not in the same network segment as the IP address of the U2000, you need to configure a route to forward IP packets. The IP address of the destination host of traps is the IP address of the U2000. The U2000 parses only the traps that are reported by means of the SNMPv1 or SNMPv3 protocol. When configuring traps on the device, you need to check the version of the SNMP protocol that the device supports and configure the trap protocol to SNMPv1 or SNMPv3 accordingly. Table 1-1 provides the data plan for outband network management in a U2000 single-server system.
Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 1-25

254/24 public Issue 03 (2010-11-19) IP address of the gateway of the UA5000 (IPMB) connected to a router Read community name 1-26 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Table 1-2 Data plan for outband network management in a U2000 HA system Item IP address of the outband network management port of the UA5000(IPMB) IP address of the U2000 (floating IP addresses are allocated) IP address of the U2000 (floating IP addresses are not allocated) Data 10.10. .. the active and standby servers in the U2000 HA system use a floating IP address to communicate with the device.20. When the IP address of the outband network management port is not in the same network segment as the IP addresses of the active and standby servers. Thus.2/24 Floating IP address: 10. When the IP address of the outband network management port is not in the same network segment as the floating IP address. you need to configure a route to forward IP packets.21.10.21. The IP address of the outband network management port of the UA5000(IPMB) must be in the same network segment as the IP address of the gateway. Ltd. If floating IP addresses are not allocated.1 Managing Devices iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Table 1-1 Data plan for outband network management in a U2000 single-server system Item IP address of the outband network management port of the UA5000(IPMB) IP address of the gateway of the UA5000 (IPMB) connected to a router Network segment of the U2000 Read community name Write community name SNMP version Data 10.254/24 10.2/24 10.20.20.10.21. l Table 1-2 provides the data plan for outband network management in a U2000 HA system.1/24 IP address of the active server: 10.1/24 IP address of the standby server: 10.10.1/24 public private V1 Configuring Outband Network Management in a U2000 HA System l If floating IP addresses are allocated.10. the active and standby servers in the U2000 HA system use different IP addresses to communicate with the device.21.10.21.2/24 10.10. The IP address of the outband network management port of the UA5000(IPMB) must be in the same network segment as the IP address of the gateway. the IP address of the destination host of traps is the floating IP address.10. you need to configure a route to forward IP packets.

In the case of the U2000 single-server system.21.20. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap source meth 0 Save the data. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.255. 1-27 . NOTE The SNMP version must be the same as the SNMP version set on the U2000.1 trap-paramsname ABC huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-paramsname ABC v1 securityname private 6.254 Set the SNMP parameters.2 255.10. Enable the reporting of traps.2. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap enable standard Configure the IP address of the destination host of the traps.. 3.10.20. Assume that the SNMP version on the U2000 is V1. huawei(config)#snmp-agent community read public huawei(config)#snmp-agent community write private l (Optional) Set the administrator identifier and the way to contact the administrator. 5. NOTE By default. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info version v1 4.10.10. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info contact HW-075528780808 l (Optional) Set the location information about the device. huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-hostname huawei address 10. huawei(config)#ip route-static 10. Add a route for outband network management.255.11.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 1 Managing Devices Item Write community name SNMP version Data private V1 Procedure 1 Configure outband network management on the device.104. the procedure is as follows: 1. l Set the community names and access rights.255.21. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info location Shenzhen_China l Set the SNMP version. 7. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Set the IP address of the maintenance network port as the source IP address of the traps.0 huawei(config-if-meth0)#quit 2. the IP address of the maintenance network port is 10.0. Ltd. Configure the IP address of the maintenance network port.0 24 10. and the subnet mask is 255.255. huawei(config)#interface meth 0 huawei(config-if-meth0)#ip address 10.

NOTE The SNMP version must be the same as the SNMP version set on the U2000. 3.10.1 Managing Devices iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management huawei(config)#save In the case of the U2000 HA system. Set the IP address of the maintenance network port as the source IP address of the traps. Add a route for outband network management. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info location Shenzhen_China l Set the SNMP version.2 trap-paramsname ABC2 huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-paramsname ABC2 v1 securityname private 6.10.254 Set the SNMP parameters. huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-hostname huawei address 10.10. Assume that the SNMP version on the U2000 is V1.10. huawei(config)#save 2 Configure outband network management on the U2000. l When floating IP addresses are allocated. the procedure for configuring outband network management on the device is as follows: 1.21. 1-28 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap enable standard Configure the IP address of the destination host of the traps.1 trap-paramsname ABC1 huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-paramsname ABC1 v1 securityname private huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-hostname huawei address 10.10.0 24 10. 7.255.21.0 2.20. huawei(config)#ip route-static 10. Enable the reporting of traps. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap source meth 0 Save the data.. Ltd.255. the procedure for configuring outband network management on the device varies with the IP address allocation scheme. huawei(config)#snmp-agent community read public huawei(config)#snmp-agent community write private l (Optional) Set the administrator identifier and the way to contact the administrator. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info contact HW-075528780808 l (Optional) Set the location information about the device. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . l Set the community names and access rights. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info version v1 4. l When floating IP addresses are not allocated. 5.20. Configure the IP address of the maintenance network port. huawei(config)#interface meth 0 huawei(config-if-MEth0)#ip address 10.21. the procedure for configuring outband network management on the device in the U2000 HA system is the same as that in the U2000 singleserver system.2 255.

Ltd.10. f. you do not need to configure the route. Configure the route connecting the U2000 server and the network management port. click Yes. g.0 10. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10. Choose Administration > NE Communicate Parameter > NE Access Protocol Parameters from the main menu. e.1 10. click Reset. click OK. run the route print command. In the Main Topology.255. 1-29 Add the device to the U2000. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . l Solaris OS: – To add a route. run the route add 10.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 1 Managing Devices 1. 2. Select the new SNMP parameters and click OK.1 command – To query the information about the current routing table.10.1 command. After the test is complete and a message is displayed indicating that the test is successful.. run the route add 10. b. Click OK.21.1 mask 255. In the dialog box that is displayed. In the dialog box that is displayed. In the dialog box that is displayed. c. The Loading dialog box is displayed.10. 3. a.20.21. – To query the information about the current routing table.255. NOTE If the IP address of the network management port and the IP address of the U2000 are in the same network segment. On the tab page that is displayed.20. The SNMP parameters are tested automatically. run the netstat -r command. click the SNMPv1 Parameters tab and click Add. right-click in the Physical Root navigation tree and choose New > NE from the shortcut menu. l Windows OS: – To add a route. set the name and SNMP parameters as follows: d. a. Set the SNMP parameters.

----End Result After the parameters are set successfully on the U2000. the management channels and the service channels are separated. set the parameters. Therefore. 1. compared with inband network management. Ltd. The U2000 manages and maintains the UA5000(IPMB) through the maintenance network port in the outband network management mode. you need to add a static route to the U2000 and set the related SNMP parameters on the UA5000(IPMB).10 Configuration Example of Outband Network Management (Based on the SNMPv3 Protocol) This topic describes how to manage and maintain the UA5000(IPMB) in the outband network management mode on the U2000. Example Network Figure 1-2 shows an example network of outband network management. 1-30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. non-service channels provided by managed devices are used to transmit management information. c.1 Managing Devices iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management b. In the dialog box that is displayed. the system displays a message indicating that it takes several seconds or dozens of minutes to load the device data. In the outband network management mode.. that is. the system automatically refreshes the device icon. Click OK. Therefore. outband network management provides more reliable device management channels. After the device data is loaded and read successfully. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . NOTE In the dialog box that is displayed. the U2000 manages and maintains the UA5000(IPMB) successfully.

you need to check the version of the SNMP protocol that the device supports and configure the trap protocol to SNMPv1 or SNMPv3 accordingly.21. When configuring traps on the device.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 1 Managing Devices Figure 1-2 Example network of outband network management U2000 Router UA5000 GE 0/2/0 COM ETH IPMB Data Plan Configuring Outband Network Management in a U2000 Single-Server System The IP address of the outband network management port of the UA5000(IPMB) must be in the same network segment as the IP address of the gateway..2/24 10. 1-31 . When the IP address of the outband network management port is not in the same network segment as the IP address of the U2000. The U2000 parses only the traps that are reported by means of the SNMPv1 or SNMPv3 protocol.20.10. The IP address of the destination host of traps is the IP address of the U2000. Table 1-3 provides the data plan for outband network management in a U2000 single-server system. Ltd. you need to configure a route to forward IP packets.10.10. Table 1-3 Data plan for outband network management in a U2000 single-server system Item IP address of the outband network management port of the UA5000(IPMB) IP address of the gateway of the UA5000 (IPMB) connected to a router Network segment of the U2000 SNMP Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Data 10.21.1/24 User name: user1 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.254/24 10.

21.21.10. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) IP address of the gateway of the UA5000 (IPMB) connected to a router SNMP . Thus. When the IP address of the outband network management port is not in the same network segment as the IP addresses of the active and standby servers. Table 1-4 Data plan for outband network management in a U2000 HA system Item IP address of the outband network management port of the UA5000(IPMB) IP address of the U2000 (floating IP addresses are allocated) IP address of the U2000 (floating IP addresses are not allocated) Data 10.1/24 IP address of the standby server: 10.21. the active and standby servers in the U2000 HA system use different IP addresses to communicate with the device.2/24 Floating IP address: 10.10.2/24 10. the IP address of the destination host of traps is the floating IP address. l Table 1-4 provides the data plan for outband network management in a U2000 HA system.. If floating IP addresses are not allocated. When the IP address of the outband network management port is not in the same network segment as the floating IP address. Ltd.1 Managing Devices iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Item Data Group name: group1 View name: hardy Authentication mode: MD5 Authentication password: auth12345678 Encryption mode: DES Encryption password: pri12345678 Version: V3 Configuring Outband Network Management in a U2000 HA System l If floating IP addresses are allocated. The IP address of the outband network management port of the UA5000(IPMB) must be in the same network segment as the IP address of the gateway. the active and standby servers in the U2000 HA system use a floating IP address to communicate with the device.1/24 IP address of the active server: 10.254/24 User name: user1 Group name: group1 1-32 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.20. you need to configure a route to forward IP packets.20.10.10. The IP address of the outband network management port of the UA5000(IPMB) must be in the same network segment as the IP address of the gateway. you need to configure a route to forward IP packets.10.

huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info location Shenzhen_China l (Optional) Set the engine ID of the SNMP entity.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 1 Managing Devices Item Data View name: hardy Authentication mode: MD5 Authentication password: auth12345678 Encryption mode: DES Encryption password: pri12345678 Version: V3 Procedure 1 Configure outband network management on the device.255. NOTE By default. 1-33 .20. huawei(config)#interface meth 0 huawei(config-if-meth0)#ip address 10.20. Ltd. Configure the IP address of the maintenance network port. NOTE The engine ID of the SNMP entity must be the same as that set on the U2000. Assume that the SNMP version on the U2000 is V3.255. and the subnet mask is 255.2 255.10. and view. l Set the SNMP user. – huawei(config)#snmp-agent usm-user v3 user1 group1 authentication-mode md5 auth12345678 privacy-mode des56 pri12345678 – huawei(config)#snmp-agent group v3 group1 authentication read-view hardy write-view hardy – huawei(config)#snmp-agent mib-view hardy include ip l (Optional) Set the administrator identifier and the way to contact the administrator.255.0.254 Set the SNMP parameters. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10. the IP address of the maintenance network port is 10. Add a route for outband network management. NOTE The SNMP version must be the same as the SNMP version set on the U2000.255.21.0 24 10.104.2.11.10. 3. the procedure is as follows: 1. huawei(config)#ip route-static 10.. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info contact HW-075528780808 l (Optional) Set the location information about the device. In the case of the U2000 single-server system. group.0 huawei(config-if-meth0)#quit 2. huawei(config)#huawei(config)#snmp-agent local-engineid 0123456789 l Set the SNMP version.

10. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap enable standard Configure the IP address of the destination host of the traps. Set the IP address of the maintenance network port as the source IP address of the traps.20. huawei(config)#interface meth 0 huawei(config-if-MEth0)#ip address 10.0 2. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) .10.1 Managing Devices iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info version v3 4. NOTE The engine ID of the SNMP entity must be the same as that set on the U2000. Enable the reporting of traps.0 24 10.1 trap-paramsname ABC huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-paramsname ABC v3 securityname user1 privacy 6. – huawei(config)#snmp-agent usm-user v3 user1 group1 authentication-mode md5 auth12345678 privacy-mode des56 pri12345678 – huawei(config)#snmp-agent group v3 group1 authentication read-view hardy write-view hardy – huawei(config)#snmp-agent mib-view hardy include ip l (Optional) Set the administrator identifier and the way to contact the administrator.10. the procedure is as follows: 1. NOTE The SNMP version must be the same as the SNMP version set on the U2000. 7. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info version v3 1-34 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.255. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info contact HW-075528780808 l (Optional) Set the location information about the device. Ltd.21. group. Configure the IP address of the maintenance network port. Assume that the SNMP version on the U2000 is V3.20. and view. the procedure for configuring outband network management on the device varies with the IP address allocation scheme. huawei(config)#save In the case of the U2000 HA system.10.21. huawei(config)#snmp-agent local-engineid 0123456789 l Set the SNMP version. 3. l When floating IP addresses are allocated. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info location Shenzhen_China l (Optional) Set the engine ID of the SNMP entity. huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-hostname huawei address 10. Add a route for outband network management.. l Set the SNMP user.2 255.255. l When floating IP addresses are not allocated. the procedure in the U2000 HA system is the same as that in the U2000 single-server system. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap source meth 0 Save the data. 5.254 Set the SNMP parameters. huawei(config)#ip route-static 10.

0 10. NOTE If the IP address of the network management port and the IP address of the U2000 are in the same network segment.10.1 command. 5. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap enable standard Configure the IP address of the destination host of the traps..10. Choose Administration > NE Communicate Parameter > NE Access Protocol Parameters from the main menu.10. – To query the information about the current routing table. huawei(config)#save 2 Configure outband network management on the U2000. a.255. Ltd. l Windows OS: – To add a route. run the route add 10. 7. 1-35 . Set the IP address of the maintenance network port as the source IP address of the traps.1 command. run the route add 10. l Solaris OS: – To add a route.1 mask 255.21. huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-hostname huawei address 10. 2.255. run the route print command. Configure the route connecting the U2000 server and the network management port. you do not need to configure the route. 1. Enable the reporting of traps.21. run the netstat -r command.10.1 10.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 1 Managing Devices 4. On the tab page that is displayed.10. click Reset.21. – To query the information about the current routing table.20. c. Set the SNMP parameters. In the dialog box that is displayed. b. click the SNMPv1 Parameters tab and click Add. In the dialog box that is displayed. set the name and SNMP parameters as follows: Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.21.2 trap-paramsname ABC2 huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-paramsname ABC2 v3 securityname user1 privacy 6. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap source meth 0 Save the data.20.10.1 trap-paramsname ABC1 huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-paramsname ABC1 v3 securityname user1 privacy huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-hostname huawei address 10.

Add the device to the U2000.1 Managing Devices iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management NOTE The SNMPv3 protocol supports three security levels: authentication. 3. noauth. right-click in the Physical Root navigation tree and choose New > NE from the shortcut menu.. b. e. After the test is complete and a message is displayed indicating that the test is successful. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . 1-36 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set the parameters. a. f. In the dialog box that is displayed. The U2000 communicates with the device successfully by means of the SNMPv3 protocol only when the authentication and encryption modes of the SNMP user and SNMP group on the device and the SNMP parameters on the U2000 are the same. click OK. and privacy. In the Main Topology. g. The Loading dialog box is displayed. The SNMP parameters are tested automatically. Ltd. click Yes. d. Click OK. In the dialog box that is displayed. Select the new SNMP parameters and click OK.

In the inband network management mode. NOTE The procedure for configuring SNMPv1-based inband network management is similar to the SNMPv2cbased inband network management. Example Network Figure 1-3 shows an example network of inband network management. Therefore..11 Configuration Example of Inband Network Management (Based on the SNMPv1 or SNMPv2c Protocol) This topic describers how to manage and maintain the UA5000(IPMB) in the inband network management mode on the U2000. Ltd. After the device data is loaded and read successfully. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Therefore. Nevertheless. compared with outband network management. 1-37 . This topic considers the SNMPv1-based inband network management as an example. The U2000 manages and maintains the UA5000(IPMB) through an upstream port in the inband network management mode. the service channels provided by managed devices are used to transmit management information. network maintenance is difficult. ----End Result After the parameters are set successfully on the U2000. the system automatically refreshes the device icon. 1. the U2000 manages and maintains the UA5000(IPMB) successfully. NOTE In the dialog box that is displayed. Click OK. you need to add a static route to the U2000 and set the related SNMP parameters on the UA5000(IPMB). the system displays a message indicating that it takes several seconds or dozens of minutes to load the device data.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 1 Managing Devices c. inband network management provides a more flexible networking mode without extra devices and is cost-effective.

1/24 public Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Table 1-5 Data plan for inband network management in a U2000 single-server system Item IP address of the inband network management port of the UA5000(IPMB) IP address of the gateway of the UA5000 (IPMB) connected to a router Network segment of the U2000 Read community name 1-38 Data 10. Ltd.20. . you need to check the version of the SNMP protocol that the device supports and configure the trap protocol to SNMPv1 or SNMPv3 accordingly.. The U2000 parses only the traps that are reported by means of the SNMPv1 or SNMPv3 protocol. you need to configure a route to forward IP packets.21.10. Table 1-5 provides the data plan for inband network management in a U2000 single-server system.21. The IP address of the destination host of traps is the IP address of the U2000.2/24 10.254/24 IP address: 10.10. When the IP address of the inband network management port is not in the same network segment as the IP address of the U2000.1 Managing Devices iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Figure 1-3 Example network of inband network management U2000 Router UA5000 GE 0/2/0 COM ETH IPMB Data Plan Configuring Inband Network Management in a U2000 Single-Server System The IP address of the inband network management port of the UA5000(IPMB) must be in the same network segment as the IP address of the gateway.10. When configuring traps on the device.

Table 1-6 Data plan for inband network management in a U2000 HA system Item IP address of the inband network management port of the UA5000(IPMB) IP address of the U2000 (floating IP addresses are allocated) IP address of the U2000 (floating IP addresses are not allocated) Data 10.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 1 Managing Devices Item Write community name SNMP version Data private V1 Configuring Inband Network Management in a U2000 HA System l If floating IP addresses are allocated..1/24 IP address of the active server: 10.254/24 public private V1 IP address of the gateway of the UA5000 (IPMB) connected to a router Read community name Write community name SNMP version Procedure 1 Configure inband network management on the device.20. you need to configure a route to forward IP packets. Ltd.10. The IP address of the inband network management port of the UA5000(IPMB) must be in the same network segment as the IP address of the gateway.10.20. the IP address of the destination host of traps is the floating IP address. The IP address of the inband network management port of the UA5000(IPMB) must be in the same network segment as the IP address of the gateway.2/24 IP address: 10. the active and standby servers in the U2000 HA system use different IP addresses to communicate with the device. l Table 1-6 provides the data plan for inband network management in a U2000 HA system.10.2/24 Floating IP address: 10.21.21. the procedure is as follows: Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the active and standby servers in the U2000 HA system use a floating IP address to communicate with the device. When the IP address of the inband network management port is not in the same network segment as the IP addresses of the active and standby servers.10.1/24 IP address of the standby server: 10. you need to configure a route to forward IP packets. When the IP address of the inband network management port is not in the same network segment as the floating IP address. If floating IP addresses are not allocated. In the case of the U2000 single-server system.10. Thus.21. 1-39 .

huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info contact HW-075528780808 l (Optional) Set the location information about the device.20. 1-40 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.0 24 10. huawei(config)#save In the case of the U2000 HA system. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap enable standard Configure the IP address of the destination host of the traps.1 Managing Devices iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 1. the procedure for configuring inband network management on the device varies with the IP address allocation scheme. Configure the IP address of the inband network management port. 3. huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-hostname huawei address 10. huawei(config)#ip route-static 10. Add a route for inband network management. Ltd. they are untagged).2 255.0 huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#quit 2.10. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 1000 Configure the IP address of the interface of the network management VLAN. c.. Enable the reporting of traps. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info location Shenzhen_China l Set the SNMP version. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . Create a network management VLAN.1 trap-paramsname ABC huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-paramsname ABC v1 securityname private 6.20. 7. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 standard Add an upstream port. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap source vlanif 1000 Save the data.21. 5. Set the IP address of the VLANIF interface as the source IP address of the traps. run the native-vlan command to set the default VLAN of the upstream port to the VLAN that the upstream port belongs to. Assume that the SNMP version on the U2000 is V1.21. b. huawei(config)#snmp-agent community read public huawei(config)#snmp-agent community write private l (Optional) Set the administrator identifier and the way to contact the administrator.10. NOTE The SNMP version must be the same as the SNMP version set on the U2000.254 Set the SNMP parameters.10. huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/2 0 Enter the interface configuration mode of the network management VLAN.10. NOTE If the packets transmitted to the upstream Ethernet port do not carry VLAN tags (that is. a. d.255. huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#ip address 10. The SNMP parameters must be the same as the SNMP parameters on the U2000. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info version v1 4. l Set the community names and access rights.255.

10. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 1000 Configure the IP address of the interface of the network management VLAN. l Set the community names and access rights. huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#ip address 10. a. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info version v1 4. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 standard Add an upstream port. Create a network management VLAN. run the native-vlan command to configure the default VLAN of the upstream port to the VLAN that the upstream port belongs to.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 1 Managing Devices l When floating IP addresses are allocated.10.1 trap-paramsname ABC1 huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-paramsname ABC1 v1 securityname private huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-hostname huawei address 10.255.21. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info contact HW-075528780808 l (Optional) Set the location information about the device.10. Add a route for inband network management.254 Set the SNMP parameters.2 255. the procedure is as follows: 1. huawei(config)#ip route-static 10.0 24 10. huawei(config)#snmp-agent community read public huawei(config)#snmp-agent community write private l (Optional) Set the administrator identifier and the way to contact the administrator. Assume that the SNMP version on the U2000 is V1. b.20. c.0 huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#quit 2. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap enable standard Configure the IP address of the destination host of the traps. Ltd.20.10.21. NOTE The SNMP version must be the same as the SNMP version set on the U2000.. l When floating IP addresses are not allocated. 5. Enable the reporting of traps.2 trap-paramsname ABC2 Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the procedure is the same as that in the U2000 single-server system. Configure the IP address of the inband network management port.255. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info location Shenzhen_China l Set the SNMP version. d. 3.21. huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-hostname huawei address 10. huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/2 0 Enter the interface configuration mode of the network management VLAN. NOTE If the packets transmitted to the upstream Ethernet port do not carry VLAN tags (that is.10. they are untagged). 1-41 .

. On the tab page that is displayed. set the name and SNMP parameters as follows: d.10. l Windows OS: – To add a route. you do not need to configure the route. NOTE If the IP address of the network management port and the IP address of the U2000 are in the same network segment.1 command – To query the information about the current routing table.10. Ltd. run the route add 10. c. In the dialog box that is displayed.20.0 10. Configure the route connecting the U2000 server and the network management port.21. run the netstat -r command. run the route add 10. click Reset. 7.1 command.1 10. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap source vlanif 1000 Save the data. Set the IP address of the VLANIF interface as the source IP address of the traps.10. In the dialog box that is displayed.21.10. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . run the route print command. Set the SNMP parameters. 1.255.1 Managing Devices iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-paramsname ABC2 v1 securityname private 6.255. huawei(config)#save 2 Configure inband network management on the U2000. l Solaris OS: – To add a route. Choose Administration > NE Communicate Parameter > NE Access Protocol Parameters from the main menu. – To query the information about the current routing table. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. b. click the SNMPv1 Parameters tab and click Add.20. 2.1 mask 255. 1-42 Click OK. a.

Ltd.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 1 Managing Devices e. the service channels provided by managed devices are used to transmit management information. The SNMP parameters are tested automatically. After the device data is loaded and read successfully. ----End Result After the parameters are set successfully on the U2000. Click OK. After the test is complete and a message is displayed indicating that the test is successful.. Therefore. 3. the U2000 manages and maintains the UA5000(IPMB) successfully. 1-43 . click Yes. Nevertheless. the system displays a message indicating that it takes several seconds or dozens of minutes to load the device data. 1. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. c. set the parameters. compared with outband network management. the system automatically refreshes the device icon. g. NOTE In the dialog box that is displayed. f. network maintenance is difficult.12 Configuration Example of Inband Network Management (Based on the SNMPv3 Protocol) This topic describers how to manage and maintain the UA5000(IPMB) in the inband network management mode on the U2000. In the dialog box that is displayed. a. In the inband network management mode. click OK. Select the new SNMP parameters and click OK. The Loading dialog box is displayed. Add the device to the U2000. right-click in the Physical Root navigation tree and choose New > NE from the shortcut menu. In the Main Topology. inband network management provides a more flexible networking mode without extra devices and is cost-effective. In the dialog box that is displayed. b.

When configuring traps on the device. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . Figure 1-4 Example network of inband network management U2000 Router UA5000 GE 0/2/0 COM ETH IPMB Data Plan Configuring Inband Network Management in a U2000 Single-Server System The IP address of the inband network management port of the UA5000(IPMB) must be in the same network segment as the IP address of the gateway. The IP address of the destination host of traps is the IP address of the U2000. When the IP address of the inband network management port is not in the same network segment as the IP address of the U2000. 1-44 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Table 1-7 provides the data plan for inband network management in a U2000 single-server system. Ltd. you need to add a static route to the U2000 and set the related SNMP parameters on the UA5000(IPMB).1 Managing Devices iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Example Network Figure 1-4 shows an example network of inband network management. Therefore. you need to check the version of the SNMP protocol that the device supports and configure the trap protocol to SNMPv1 or SNMPv3 accordingly. The U2000 parses only the traps that are reported by means of the SNMPv1 or SNMPv3 protocol.. The U2000 manages and maintains the UA5000(IPMB) through an upstream port in the inband network management mode. you need to configure a route to forward IP packets.

10.10. The IP address of the inband network management port of the UA5000(IPMB) must be in the same network segment as the IP address of the gateway.21.21.20. l Table 1-8 provides the data plan for inband network management in a U2000 HA system. If floating IP addresses are not allocated. When the IP address of the inband network management port is not in the same network segment as the IP addresses of the active and standby servers.10. Table 1-8 Data plan for inband network management in a U2000 HA system Item IP address of the inband network management port of the UA5000(IPMB) IP address of the U2000 (floating IP addresses are allocated) Data 10. Thus. Ltd.254/24 10.10.1/24 User name: user1 Group name: group1 View name: hardy Authentication mode: MD5 Authentication password: auth12345678 Encryption mode: DES Encryption password: pri12345678 Version: V3 Configuring Inband Network Management in a U2000 HA System l If floating IP addresses are allocated. you need to configure a route to forward IP packets.20..1/24 Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 1-45 . When the IP address of the inband network management port is not in the same network segment as the floating IP address.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 1 Managing Devices Table 1-7 Data plan for inband network management in a U2000 single-server system Item IP address of the inband network management port of the UA5000(IPMB) IP address of the gateway of the UA5000 (IPMB) connected to a router Network segment of the U2000 SNMP Data 10.10.21. the IP address of the destination host of traps is the floating IP address. The IP address of the inband network management port of the UA5000(IPMB) must be in the same network segment as the IP address of the gateway.2/24 Floating IP address: 10. the active and standby servers in the U2000 HA system use a floating IP address to communicate with the device.2/24 10. the active and standby servers in the U2000 HA system use different IP addresses to communicate with the device. you need to configure a route to forward IP packets.

21. b.2 255. run the native-vlan command to set the default VLAN of the upstream port to the VLAN that the upstream port belongs to.20.0 huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#quit 2.21. Ltd.. Add a route for inband network management. Create a network management VLAN. NOTE If the packets transmitted to the upstream Ethernet port do not carry VLAN tags (that is. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.20. The SNMP parameters must be the same as the SNMP parameters on the U2000.1/24 IP address of the standby server: 10. huawei(config)#ip route-static 10. they are untagged). huawei(config)#interface vlanif 1000 Configure the IP address of the interface of the network management VLAN.1 Managing Devices iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Item IP address of the U2000 (floating IP addresses are not allocated) Data IP address of the active server: 10. c.10.255. 3. Configure the IP address of the inband network management port. huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#ip address 10.10.10.0 24 10.10. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 standard Add an upstream port.255.10. d.20.254/24 User name: user1 Group name: group1 View name: hardy Authentication mode: MD5 Authentication password: auth12345678 Encryption mode: DES Encryption password: pri12345678 Version: V3 IP address of the gateway of the UA5000 (IPMB) connected to a router SNMP Procedure 1 Configure inband network management on the device. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) 1-46 .2/24 10. huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/2 0 Enter the interface configuration mode of the network management VLAN.10. a.254 Set the SNMP parameters. the procedure is as follows: 1.21. In the case of the U2000 single-server system.

10. the procedure for configuring inband network management on the device varies with the IP address allocation scheme. l When floating IP addresses are allocated. the procedure is the same as that in the U2000 single-server system. huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-hostname huawei address 10. huawei(config)#save In the case of the U2000 HA system. Set the source IP address of the traps. NOTE The engine ID of the SNMP entity must be the same as that set on the U2000. they are untagged). Assume that the SNMP version on the U2000 is V3. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info location Shenzhen_China l (Optional) Set the engine ID of the SNMP entity. Enable the reporting of traps. huawei(config)#vlan 1000 standard Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. group. 5. NOTE If the packets transmitted to the upstream Ethernet port do not carry VLAN tags (that is. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap enable standard Configure the IP address of the destination host of the traps. Ltd. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info contact HW-075528780808 l (Optional) Set the location information about the device. and view. the procedure is as follows: 1. Create a network management VLAN. Configure the IP address of the inband network management port. a. l When floating IP addresses are not allocated. run the native-vlan command to configure the default VLAN of the upstream port to the VLAN that the upstream port belongs to. – huawei(config)#snmp-agent usm-user v3 user1 group1 authentication-mode md5 auth12345678 privacy-mode des56 pri12345678 – huawei(config)#snmp-agent group v3 group1 authentication read-view hardy write-view hardy – huawei(config)#snmp-agent mib-view hardy include ip l (Optional) Set the administrator identifier and the way to contact the administrator. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap source vlanif 1000 Save the data. huawei(config)#huawei(config)#snmp-agent local-engineid 0123456789 l Set the SNMP version. 1-47 . NOTE The SNMP version must be the same as the SNMP version set on the U2000..iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 1 Managing Devices l Set the SNMP user.21.1 trap-paramsname ABC huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-paramsname ABC v3 securityname user1 privacy 6. 7. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info version v3 4.

0 huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#quit 2. Add a route for inband network management. Add an upstream port. Enable the reporting of traps.10.255. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap source vlanif 1000 1-48 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. huawei(config)#snmp-agent trap enable standard Configure the IP address of the destination host of the traps. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info version v3 4.10.20. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) .21. d..21. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info contact HW-075528780808 l (Optional) Set the location information about the device.254 Set the SNMP parameters.10.10. 5. huawei(config)#snmp-agent sys-info location Shenzhen_China l (Optional) Set the engine ID of the SNMP entity. l Set the SNMP user. huawei(config)#huawei(config)#snmp-agent local-engineid 0123456789 l Set the SNMP version.0 24 10.1 Managing Devices iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management b.10. huawei(config)#interface vlanif 1000 Configure the IP address of the interface of the network management VLAN.2 trap-paramsname ABC2 huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-paramsname ABC2 v3 securityname user1 privacy 6.255. huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-hostname huawei address 10. huawei(config-if-vlanif1000)#ip address 10. huawei(config)#port vlan 1000 0/2 0 Enter the interface configuration mode of the network management VLAN.21. group. – huawei(config)#snmp-agent usm-user v3 user1 group1 authentication-mode md5 auth12345678 privacy-mode des56 pri12345678 – huawei(config)#snmp-agent group v3 group1 authentication read-view hardy write-view hardy – huawei(config)#snmp-agent mib-view hardy include ip l (Optional) Set the administrator identifier and the way to contact the administrator. Assume that the SNMP version on the U2000 is V3. c. and view. Set the IP address of the VLANIF interface as the source IP address of the traps. 3.2 255.20. huawei(config)#ip route-static 10. NOTE The engine ID of the SNMP entity must be the same as that set on the U2000.1 trap-paramsname ABC1 huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-paramsname ABC1 v3 securityname user1 privacy huawei(config)#snmp-agent target-host trap-hostname huawei address 10. NOTE The SNMP version must be the same as the SNMP version set on the U2000.

10.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 1 Managing Devices 7. 2. 1.21. run the route print command.1 command.1 mask 255.1 command.10. In the dialog box that is displayed.20. Set the SNMP parameters. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. d. c. The U2000 communicates with the device successfully by means of the SNMPv3 protocol only when the authentication and encryption modes of the SNMP user and SNMP group on the device and the SNMP parameters on the U2000 are the same. On the tab page that is displayed. noauth. – To query the information about the current routing table.0 10.255. Choose Administration > NE Communicate Parameter > NE Access Protocol Parameters from the main menu. and privacy.10. run the route add 10. huawei(config)#save 2 Configure inband network management on the U2000.10.1 10. set the name and SNMP parameters as follows: NOTE The SNMPv3 protocol supports three security levels: authentication. run the route add 10. – To query the information about the current routing table. NOTE If the IP address of the network management port and the IP address of the U2000 are in the same network segment. b.255. click the SNMPv1 Parameters tab and click Add. l Solaris OS: – To add a route. In the dialog box that is displayed. Configure the route connecting the U2000 server and the network management port. a.21. run the netstat -r command. l Windows OS: – To add a route.. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Click OK. you do not need to configure the route. click Reset. 1-49 .20. Ltd. Save the data.

c. Select the new SNMP parameters and click OK. ----End Result After the parameters are set successfully on the U2000. click Yes. The SNMP parameters are tested automatically. The Loading dialog box is displayed. the U2000 manages and maintains the UA5000(IPMB) successfully.1 Managing Devices iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management e. Ltd. the system automatically refreshes the device icon. In the dialog box that is displayed. right-click in the Physical Root navigation tree and choose New > NE from the shortcut menu.. After the test is complete and a message is displayed indicating that the test is successful. NOTE In the dialog box that is displayed. f. click OK. 3. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . Click OK. set the parameters. g. 1-50 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the system displays a message indicating that it takes several seconds or dozens of minutes to load the device data. a. In the dialog box that is displayed. b. In the Main Topology. After the device data is loaded and read successfully. Add the device to the U2000.

and VLAN according to the global data plan before provisioning services for the network element. 2. you can configure the xDSL-related profiles according to the global data plan.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning 2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning About This Chapter According to the actual operation and maintenance scenarios.2 Configuring the Upstream Port of a VLAN To enable the user packets with a VLAN tag to be forwarded through an upstream port. perform this operation to add the upstream port to the VLAN.5 Configuring a Global Traffic Profile The traffic profile defines a series of traffic parameters. the user packets with this VLAN tag can be forwarded through the corresponding port. It can be referenced by the device and the port to monitor and control traffic streams. these VLANs can be added in batches. the service configuration and management of the U2000 can be classified into the parameter pre-configuration for service provisioning. Ltd. In addition. After the upstream port is successfully added. 2-1 . 2. traffic statistics. network element management. Parameter preconfiguration for service provisioning refers to setting the service-related global parameters.4 Configuring the QoS Policy The quality of service (QoS) provides the user services with the end-to-end quality assurance by setting different measurement indicators. Through L3 forwarding. the L3 interface forwards data between different VLANs. jitter. 2. the names of the VLANs that are added in batches are generated automatically. 2. delay. you can add a VLAN or add VLANs in batches according to the global data plan. The UA5000(IPMB) provides the high QoS assurance by supporting the traffic classification. IGMP program profile. and loss rate. 2. When VLANs with continuous IDs and the VLAN type is consistent with the VLAN attribute. and service provisioning.1 Adding a VLAN Before you provision services for network elements.. such as the system parameter profile. and schedule policy of the traffic rules.3 Configuring a VLAN L3 Interface The functions of a L3 interface that is based on the VLAN are similar to a L3 switch. traffic profile. throughput.6 Configuring the xDSL-Related Profiles Before you provision services for network elements. 2. such as the service availability. The xDSL-related profiles can improve the service quality by Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

8 Configuring the System Parameters The system parameter profile integrates the parameters required for configuring the NE or the service.. The system parameters are the static configuration parameters at the device level. 2-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. the carrier can use the system parameter profile to configure the device system parameters in a unified manner. For a carrier. the profile is used for configuring the global parameters of the device. For this purpose. 2.2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management limiting the port rate and noise margin. Ltd. Bound to the specified device.7 Configuring an IGMP Profile The Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) profile contains the parameters required for configuring the multicast service. and can monitor the performance of the port by configuring the related thresholds. the devices of the same type in the entire network need to have the same configurations. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) .

In addition. smart VLAN. such as scenarios where users are distinguished based on VLANs. Applied to network management and subtending. It consists of multiple sub VLANs.. In addition. The UA5000(IPMB) supports a maximum of 4000 VLANs. Ltd. Table 2-2 describes the VLAN attributes. such as the residential community access. smart VLAN. the names of the VLANs that are added in batches are generated automatically. The VLAN supports the common. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. saving the VLAN resources. Application Only available for Ethernet ports. 2-3 . Smart VLAN MUX VLAN Applied to the access service. In this case. Context Virtual local area network (VLAN) is a technology used to form virtual workgroups by grouping the devices of a LAN logically. these VLANs can be added in batches.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning 2. you can add a VLAN or add VLANs in batches according to the global data plan. A smart VLAN contains multiple service virtual ports. Table 2-1 describes VLAN types and their applications. One-to-one mapping can be set up between a MUX VLAN and an access user. a super VLAN realizes L3 interconnection for these sub VLANs. and stacking attributes. Applied to the access service.1 Adding a VLAN Before you provision services for network elements. a MUX VLAN can uniquely identify an access user. traffic streams on these ports are isolated from each other and traffic streams on different VLANs are isolated from each other. Ethernet ports in different standard VLANs are isolated from each other. Super VLAN Applied to save IP address resources so that the utilization of the IP address is improved. and supports the standard VLAN. and super VLAN. When VLANs with continuous IDs and the VLAN type is consistent with the VLAN attribute. QinQ. A smart VLAN provides access for multiple users. traffic streams on different VLANs are isolated from each other. In addition. A sub VLAN can be a standard VLAN. Through ARP proxy. A MUX VLAN contains only one service virtual port. Table 2-1 VLAN types and their applications VLAN Type Standard VLAN Description Ethernet ports in a standard VLAN are interconnected with each other. MUX VLAN. The super VLAN is a L3-based VLAN. or a MUX VLAN.

2-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. set the filter criteria or click 4 Right-click the list. Stacking Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. a L2 VPN tunnel can be set up to transparently transmit the service between private networks. the upper layer BRAS device authenticates users based on the two VLAN tags. 2 Choose VLAN from the navigation tree. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . 5 In the dialog box that is displayed. thus increasing the number of access users. l When you add a VLAN. Through the outer VLAN. you can forward packets according to the "VLAN + MAC". A stacking VLAN packet contains two layers of VLAN tags: inner VLAN tag and outer VLAN tag from the UA5000(IPMB). 3 On the VLAN tab page.2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Table 2-2 VLAN attributes VLAN Attribute Common QinQ Application A VLAN with the common attribute can be used as a L2 VLAN or to create a L3 interface. set the parameters. and then set the parameters as follows: – VLAN ID – Name – Alias – Type to display the VLANs. A QinQ VLAN packet contains two layers of VLAN tags: inner VLAN tag from the private network and outer VLAN tag from the UA5000 (IPMB). or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. thus providing the wholesale service provisioning function for ISPs. With this attribute. In an upper network in the L2 working mode.. and then choose Add or Batch Add.

2-5 . Ltd. and then set the parameters as follows: – Start ID – End ID – Type 6 Click Done. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. After the upstream port is successfully added.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning l When you add VLANs in batches. perform this operation to add the upstream port to the VLAN. the user packets with this VLAN tag can be forwarded through the corresponding port..2 Configuring the Upstream Port of a VLAN To enable the user packets with a VLAN tag to be forwarded through an upstream port. ----End 2.

4 Select the VLAN to be configured. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. click the Sub Port tab. right-click. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. and then choose Configure. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . set the filter criteria or click to display the VLANs. 5 In the dialog box that is displayed. select Configure L3 Interface. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu.2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Prerequisite The corresponding VLAN must exist. see 2.3 Configuring a VLAN L3 Interface The functions of a L3 interface that is based on the VLAN are similar to a L3 switch. 3 On the VLAN tab page. the L3 interface forwards data between different VLANs. 5 In the dialog box that is displayed. ----End 2. and then set the IP address and the subnet mask of the L3 interface as follows. Ltd. right-click. and then set the upstream port of the VLAN. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. 4 Select a VLAN record. 2 Choose VLAN from the navigation tree. For details about adding a VLAN. 6 Click Done. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree.1 Adding a VLAN. 3 On the VLAN tab page. click Configure VLAN. 2-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and then choose Configure. Context You can configure the L3 interfaces of only common VLANs. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. Through L3 forwarding. set the filter criteria or click to display the VLANs. click the L3 Interface tab. 2 Choose VLAN from the navigation tree..

Context l The access control list (ACL) is used to filter the specific data packets by setting the filter criteria. throughput. In the UA5000(IPMB). such as the service availability. jitter. and customized ACL. which is the vital function of the ACL. The UA5000(IPMB) provides the high QoS assurance by supporting the traffic classification. delay. the required objects can be displayed. ----End 2. 2-7 . network devices can permit or refuse the matching data packets to pass with the matching rules. After the required objects are displayed. and schedule policy of the traffic rules. Table 2-3 lists the ACL classification. and loss rate.4 Configuring the QoS Policy The quality of service (QoS) provides the user services with the end-to-end quality assurance by setting different measurement indicators.. L2 ACL. l l Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning 6 Click Done. The QoS processes the packets filtered by the ACL according to the user requirement. extended ACL. In this way. traffic statistics. the ACL can be classified into the standard ACL. Ltd.

Defines ACL rules according to the information about the link layer. 6. and destination MAC address. Defines ACL rules according to the source IP address and destination IP address of the data packets. l In the Add One-off Time dialog box. right-click the list. l In the Add Periodic Time dialog box. Performs matching according to the 32 bytes of the former 80 bytes of the L2 data frames at random. With the extended ACL. source VLAN ID. as follows. Select the added time record. and analyzes and processes the data packets. 5. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 7. and analyzes and processes the data. set the period. and processes the data packets. and code). and End Time of the time range. 8. set Type. set the name of the time range.2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Table 2-3 ACL classification Item Standard ACL Extended ACL Range 2000-2999 Feature Defines ACL rules according to only the L3 source IP address. set the filter criteria to display the records. 1. The following uses the standard ACL group as an example. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. Click OK. Step and ACL group index of the ACL group. In the information list. such as the source MAC address. and then choose Add. and flexible can be defined. Click the Time Segment Management tab. click the One-off Time tab or the Periodic Time tab in the lower pane. Click the ACL Management tab. 4. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) 2-8 . rich. set the parameters. In the dialog box that is displayed. Start Time. Choose QoS > QoS&ACL from the navigation tree. 3. rules more exact. In the dialog box that is displayed. 1. Ltd. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. protocol type carried by the IP network. 2. In the dialog box that is displayed. set Start Time and End Time of the time range. ICMP type. Click OK.. and then choose Add. features of the protocol (such as the source port and destination port of the TCP. right-click the list. In the Main Topology. right-click and choose Add from the shortcut menu. L2 protocol type. 2. 2 Add an ACL group. 3000-3999 L2 ACL 4000-4999 Customized ACL 5000-5999 Procedure 1 Add the time range.

Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. right-click the list. select the ACL rule. 2-9 . the direction for packets filtering. right-click and choose Add from the shortcut menu.. 6. that is. 2. In the dialog box that is displayed.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning 3. l Select the packets filtering parameter. Source IP Address Wildcard. Action. The following uses adding rules in batches as an example. Click OK. and then choose Batch Add > Packet Filtering. set the parameters. select the port. set the Sub Item Index. Click the QoS Management tab. 1. Select the added ACL. Source IP Address. set the filter criteria to display the records. In the information list. 5. that is. The specific operations are as follows: l Select the port to be bound. 4. and then click Next. In the dialog box that is displayed. and Time Segment Name parameters. 3 Add the QoS rule. Ltd. and then click the Standard Sub Item tab in the lower pane. Matching Fragmented Packets. l Select the referenced ACL rule. and then click Next. There are three steps for adding packets filtering. Click OK. and fill in the packets filtering parameter.

2 Configuring an IP Traffic Profile The IP traffic profile defines a series of traffic parameters. ----End 2. Context The traffic profile includes the ATM traffic profile and IP traffic profile. and their corresponding parameter values. Click Finish.5. In the dialog box that is displayed. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) .5 Configuring a Global Traffic Profile The traffic profile defines a series of traffic parameters.. The device provides an appropriate QoS based on the traffic parameters.5. The IP traffic profile is referenced when the service virtual port is configured to manage the traffic of the service virtual port. you can directly reference it when creating a traffic stream and configuring the port rate limitation. It can be referenced by the device and the port to monitor and control traffic streams. It can be referenced by the device and the port to monitor and control traffic streams. set the parameters. 3 Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu.1 Configuring an ATM Traffic Profile The ATM traffic profile defines the ATM service type. The device provides an appropriate QoS based on the traffic parameters. After an IP traffic profile is created. 5 Click Next. 2-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1 Configuring an ATM Traffic Profile The ATM traffic profile defines the ATM service type. 4 In the dialog box that is displayed. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type dropdown list. Context The global ATM traffic profile added through the U2000 exists only in the database of the U2000. but is not added to the device. set Name.5. the ATM traffic type. The device can provide a proper QoS based on the traffic parameters only when the global ATM traffic profile is added to the device. 2 Click the ATM Traffic Profile tab. 2. The ATM traffic profile provides the traffic control function for different ATM services so that the QoS assurance is provided. 2. Ltd. 2. It is used to control the traffic of the PVC. and Describe Type for the traffic profile. the ATM traffic type. It is used to control the traffic of the PVC.2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 3. Procedure 1 Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > Traffic Profile from the main menu. and their corresponding parameter values. Service Category.

2-11 . the IP traffic profile is added to only the database of the U2000. 4 In the dialog box that is displayed.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management NOTE 2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning The parameter values are determined by the service level and traffic description. After an IP traffic profile is created. set the parameters. It can be referenced by the device and the port to monitor and control traffic streams.2 Configuring an IP Traffic Profile The IP traffic profile defines a series of traffic parameters. but is not applied to the device. Procedure 1 Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > Traffic Profile from the main menu..5. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2 Click the IP Traffic Profile tab. Ltd. Context When an IP traffic profile is added through the U2000. 6 Click Finish. 3 Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. This IP traffic profile is created on a device only when the device references the IP traffic profile to create a service port or the IP traffic profile is manually applied to the device. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type drop-down list. you can directly reference it when creating a traffic stream and configuring the port rate limitation. ----End 2.

----End 2. ADSL profiles include ADSL line profiles. The G. When the actual parameter value of the port exceeds the threshold.6. The VDSL2 profiles include the VDSL2 line configuration profile and VDSL2 alarm configuration profile. when the VDSL2 port is activated. You can monitor the performance of the G.2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 5 Click OK.SHDSL line by setting thresholds for these alarm parameters. when you configure the attributes of the ADSL port. Ltd.2 Configuring an ADSL Alarm Profile When the ADSL port is activated. The VDSL2 line profile limits the port rate and noise margin to improve the service quality by referencing the VDSL2 line configuration profile and VDSL2 channel configuration profile.. you can directly reference the G. the profile disables certain sub-channels that are affected by much interference. the system generates an alarm. and can monitor the performance of the port by configuring the related thresholds.SHDSL port. when you configure the attributes of the ATM G. l l 2.6. Context l The asymmetric digital subscriber line (ADSL) adopts the asymmetric transmission mode. 2-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.SHDSL line profile is configured successfully. After the G. you can directly reference the ADSL line profile to limit the port rate and noise margin to improve the service quality. The ADSL extended profile is used to improve the reliability of the line. The G.6. VDSL2 is an extension of VDSL. The very high speed digital subscriber line (VDSL2) is a transmission technology that is used to provide high-speed leased line access over the twisted pairs in the asymmetrical or symmetrical mode. that is.SHDSL line profile to limit the port rate and noise margin to improve the service quality. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . It provides asymmetric upstream and downstream rates over an existing POTS line.SHDSL port. ADSL alarm profiles. it directly references the ADSL alarm profile to monitor the performance of the port. The xDSL-related profiles can improve the service quality by limiting the port rate and noise margin. 2. The ADSL line profile is used to limit the port rate and noise margin to improve the service quality.SHDSL port performance.SHDSL alarm profile defines a series of alarm parameters for measuring the G.3 Configuring a VDSL2 Line Profile The VDSL2 line profile binds the specified VDSL2 line configuration profile to the VDSL2 channel configuration profile.SHDSL line profile provides parameters that are required for activating the ATM G.1 Configuring an ADSL Line Profile An ADSL line profile provides parameters that are required for activating an ADSL port. and ADSL extended profiles. you can configure the xDSL-related profiles according to the global data plan. After a VDSL2 line profile is bound to a VDSL2 port. it directly references the VDSL2 line profile to limit the port rate and noise margin to improve the service quality. 2. The ADSL alarm profile is used to monitor the performance of the ADSL port.6 Configuring the xDSL-Related Profiles Before you provision services for network elements. The VDSL2 alarm profile monitors the performance of the VDSL2 port by referencing the VDSL2 line alarm configuration profile and VDSL2 channel alarm configuration profile. After the ADSL line profile is configured successfully.

SHDSL line profile is configured successfully. Procedure 1 Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > ADSL Profile from the main menu. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Therefore.SHDSL port.SHDSL alarm profile defines a series of alarm parameters for measuring the performance of a G.SHDSL port. 2-13 . you can directly reference the ADSL line profile to limit the port rate and noise margin to improve the service quality.6.SHDSL port is activated. 4 In the dialog box that is displayed. After the ADSL line profile is configured successfully.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning 2. Ltd.6 Configuring a G. you can directly reference the G. the system generates an alarm. When the parameter value of the port exceeds the preset threshold.6. You can add profiles that have the same parameters but different names.SHDSL line profile to limit the port rate and noise margin to improve the service quality. When the parameter value of the port exceeds the threshold.SHDSL line profile provides parameters that are required for activating an ATM G. the profile cannot be added. the system generates an alarm. 2. After the binding is successful. set the parameters. it directly references the G. You can monitor the performance of the G.4 Configuring a VDSL2 Alarm Profile A VDSL2 alarm profile binds a specified line alarm configuration profile and a channel alarm configuration profile. 3 Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu.SHDSL circuit by setting thresholds for these alarm parameters.1 Configuring an ADSL Line Profile An ADSL line profile provides parameters that are required for activating an ADSL port. Context l l A profile name uniquely identifies a profile. 2 Click the ADSL Line Profile tab.. 2. when you configure the attributes of the ADSL port.6. when a VDSL2 port is activated. 2. it directly references an alarm profile to monitor the performance of the VDSL2 port.6.SHDSL Line Profile A G.SHDSL Alarm Profile A G. the profile name must be specified and it must be unique. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type drop-down list. After the G. Otherwise.SHDSL alarm profile to monitor the performance of the port.5 Configuring a G. when you configure the attributes of the ATM G. When the ATM G.SHDSL port.

. 2-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . 6 In the dialog box that is displayed. set the parameters.2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 5 Click Next.

You can add profiles that have the same parameters but different names. it directly references the ADSL alarm profile to monitor the performance of the port.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning 7 Click Finish. ----End 2.. the profile name must be specified and it must be unique. the profile cannot be added. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type dropdown list. 2 Click the ADSL Alarm Profile tab. Otherwise.2 Configuring an ADSL Alarm Profile When the ADSL port is activated. set the parameters. Therefore. When the actual parameter value of the port exceeds the threshold. 4 In the dialog box that is displayed. Context l l A profile name uniquely identifies a profile. the system generates an alarm. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.6. 2-15 . Ltd. 3 Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. Procedure 1 Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > ADSL Profile from the main menu.

After a VDSL2 line profile is bound to a VDSL2 port.. Ltd. 2.3 Configuring a VDSL2 Line Profile The VDSL2 line profile binds the specified VDSL2 line configuration profile to the VDSL2 channel configuration profile. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . 1.6. As an NMS type profile. the central office and the CPE negotiate to determine the transmission mode. When the line is activated. You can set some frequency parameters mapping a transmission mode in the line spectrum configuration profile. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type drop-down list. Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > VDSL2 Profile from the main menu. In the dialog box that is displayed. One VDSL2 line can be configured with multiple transmission modes. 2-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the VDSL2 line spectrum configuration profile. set the parameters related to the line spectrum. 4. can be referenced by different line configuration profiles. after being created. when the VDSL2 port is activated. ----End 2. Click the Line Spectrum Configuration Profile tab. Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. 3.2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 5 Click OK. and then the line spectrum configuration profile mapping the transmission mode is used. Procedure l Configure a VDSL2 line spectrum configuration profile. it directly references the VDSL2 line profile to limit the port rate and noise margin to improve the service quality.

set the parameters of the line configuration profile. 2-17 . 3. Configure a VDSL2 line configuration profile. and then set the downstream power backoff parameters in the dialog box. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type drop-down list. Ltd. the central office and the CPE negotiate based on the specified line configuration profile to determine whether the line can work in the normal state. Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. – The VDSL2 line configuration profile is bound to the VDSL2 channel configuration profile to form the VDSL2 line profile.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning NOTE Click next to PSD Mask Value Downstream Parameter and PSD Mask Value Upstream Parameter. and then add a VDSL2 PSD profile in the dialog box that is displayed. (3) Click Next. set the basic parameters of the line configuration profile. (2) Click Next. 1. and then set the upstream power backoff parameters in the dialog box. 5. l Click OK.. The line profile is directly referenced when the VDSL2 port is activated. Click the Line Configuration Profile tab. make sure that: minimum SNR margin ≤ target SNR margin ≤ maximum SNR margin. The configuration procedure is as follows: (1) In the dialog box. – When the VDSL2 port is activated. In the dialog box that is displayed. 2. – When you set the SNR margin of the upstream and downstream channels.

and then set the transmission mode in the dialog box. 3. 3. (6) Click Next. 2. Click the Channel Configuration Profile tab. l 1. – A VDSL2 channel configuration profile is a collection of most parameters for a VDSL2 channel. Click OK. 4. 2.2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management (4) Click Next. l Click Finish. Configure a VDSL2 channel configuration profile. In the dialog box that is displayed. Channel Configuration Profile and related parameters that are referenced by the line configuration profile as follows. and the profile is referenced by a VDSL2 line profile. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type dropdown list. set the parameters related to the channel. 2-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. (5) Click Next. Click the Line Template tab. 1. and then set the advanced parameters in the dialog box. set Line Profile. In the dialog box that is displayed. Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. the central office and the CPE negotiate based on the specified channel configuration profile to determine whether the line can work in the normal state. and then set the line spectrum configuration profile that is bound to the line configuration profile in the dialog box. 4. Ltd. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type drop-down list.. Configure a VDSL2 line template. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . – When the VDSL2 port is activated. Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu.

2. ----End Click OK. When the parameter value of the port exceeds the threshold. it directly references an alarm profile to monitor the performance of the VDSL2 port. Procedure l VDSL2 line alarm configuration profile A VDSL2 line alarm configuration profile defines a series of alarm thresholds that are used to monitor the performance of an activated VDSL2 line. a VDSL2 line alarm configuration profile is bound to a VDSL2 channel alarm configuration profile to form a VDSL2 alarm profile. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In the dialog box that is displayed. 1. When a certain measurement entry reaches the alarm threshold. 2-19 . the device is notified and an alarm is reported to the log host and the U2000. After being configured successfully. 5. the system generates an alarm. set the alarm thresholds related to the line. 3. 2. Ltd. Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > VDSL2 Profile from the main menu. which can be bound to a VDSL2 port to take effect. Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. After the binding is successful. Click the Line Alarm Configuration Profile tab. 4.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning 4.. when a VDSL2 port is activated.6. Click the VDSL2 Alarm Profile tab.4 Configuring a VDSL2 Alarm Profile A VDSL2 alarm profile binds a specified line alarm configuration profile and a channel alarm configuration profile.

Ltd. a VDSL2 channel alarm configuration profile is bound to a VDSL2 line alarm configuration profile to form a VDSL2 alarm profile. When the measurement entry within 15 minutes reaches the threshold that is defined in the profile. In the dialog box that is displayed. it means that no measurement is performed and no alarm is generated. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . 1. – If the threshold is set to 0. Click the Channel Alarm Configuration Profile tab. – A VDSL2 channel alarm configuration profile defines a 15-minute threshold.2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 6. 2. l Click OK. 3. After being configured successfully. Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. When a certain measurement entry reaches the alarm threshold. the device is notified and an alarm is reported to the log host and the U2000. which can be bound to a VDSL2 port to take effect. an alarm is generated. VDSL2 channel alarm configuration profile – A VDSL2 channel alarm configuration profile defines a series of alarm thresholds that are used to monitor the performance of an activated VDSL2 channel.. 2-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set the alarm thresholds related to the channel.

6.5 Configuring a G. Context l l A profile name uniquely identifies a profile. l 1. you can directly reference the G. when you configure the attributes of the ATM G. set Line Alarm Configuration Profile and Channel Alarm Configuration Profile that are referenced by the alarm profile.SHDSL Line Profile A G.SHDSL line profile to limit the port rate and noise margin to improve the service quality.. Click OK. Configure a VDSL2 alarm profile. ----End Click OK.SHDSL port. 2-21 . After the G. 2. the profile cannot be added. Click the Alarm Template tab. You can add profiles that have the same parameters but different names.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning 4. 2.SHDSL line profile is configured successfully. 3. the profile name must be specified and it must be unique. Otherwise.SHDSL line profile provides parameters that are required for activating an ATM G. Ltd. Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. In the dialog box that is displayed. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.SHDSL port. 4. Therefore.

SHDSL Line Profile tab. 6 In the dialog box that is displayed. 2-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set the parameters of the line profile.. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type dropdown list. Ltd. 5 Click Next. set the parameters. 2 Click the G. 3 Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu.2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Procedure 1 Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > G.SHDSL Profile from the main menu. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . 4 In the dialog box that is displayed.

You can monitor the performance of the G. Therefore. Otherwise. the system generates an alarm. ----End 2.SHDSL Alarm Profile A G. You can add profiles that have the same parameters but different names.6.SHDSL alarm profile defines a series of alarm parameters for measuring the performance of a G. When the ATM G. When the parameter value of the port exceeds the preset threshold. the profile name must be specified and it must be unique.SHDSL port is activated. Context l l A profile name uniquely identifies a profile. Ltd.SHDSL alarm profile to monitor the performance of the port. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2-23 .SHDSL port.SHDSL circuit by setting thresholds for these alarm parameters.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning 7 Click Finish. it directly references the G. the profile cannot be added.6 Configuring a G..

set the parameters. Context The IGMP profiles of the UA5000(IPMB) consist of the program profile. 2 Click the G.7 Configuring an IGMP Profile The Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) profile contains the parameters required for configuring the multicast service. The rights profile is used for managing the permission to a series of programs. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 4 In the dialog box that is displayed. Before watching a multicast program. l The program profile is used for adding static multicast programs to a multicast VLAN. ----End 2.SHDSL Alarm Profile tab. you need to add the program to the multicast program library. Ltd. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) l 2-24 . the rights profile .2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Procedure 1 Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > G. 3 Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu.. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type dropdown list. 5 Click OK.SHDSL Profile from the main menu.

Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this way. Procedure 1 Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > IGMP Profile from the main menu. and then bind the rights profile to the users that require authentication. 2. set the parameters.7. If a program profile is referenced by a multicast VLAN.7. 2. 2 Click the Program Profile tab. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type drop-down list.2 Configuring a Rights Profile The rights profile is used for managing the permission to a series of programs. 3 Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu.1 Configuring a Program Profile The program profile is used for adding static multicast programs to a multicast VLAN. In a rights profile. Before watching a multicast program. 2..7. 2-25 . If a program profile is referenced by a multicast VLAN. you need to add the program to the multicast program library. the multicast VLAN is automatically configured with the parameter values of the attributes contained in the program profile.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management NOTE 2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning l You can add the confirmed profiles only to the confirmed profile list. preview.1 Configuring a Program Profile The program profile is used for adding static multicast programs to a multicast VLAN. Ltd. l Profiles with different names but the same parameters can be added. Program rights are classified into three types: watch. 4 In the dialog box that is displayed. and forbid. The users that do not require authentication can watch all the programs on the device. the permission of the users to the programs is limited. you need to add the program to the multicast program library. the multicast VLAN is automatically configured with the parameter values of the attributes contained in the program profile. Before watching a multicast program. set the permission to different programs.

2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 5 Click OK. right-click.. In a rights profile. the permission of the users to the programs is limited. In this way. 2 Click the Right Profile tab. set the permission to different programs. preview. The users that do not require authentication can watch all the programs on the device. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . and then bind the rights profile to the users that require authentication. and choose Select Profile. In the dialog box that is displayed.7. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type drop-down list. 4 In the dialog box that is displayed. In the Selected Program Profile list. 2-26 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and forbid. Program rights are classified into three types: watch. Click OK. enter the name of the rights profile. Procedure 1 Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > IGMP Profile from the main menu. Ltd. select the program profile required for configuring the rights profile. 3 Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. ----End 2.2 Configuring a Rights Profile The rights profile is used for managing the permission to a series of programs.

select a program profile. the profile is used for configuring the global parameters of the device. 2-27 . Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 5 Click OK. and then set the Right parameter. The system parameters are the static configuration parameters at the device level. For a carrier. Ltd. the devices of the same type in the entire network need to have the same configurations. For this purpose.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning NOTE In the Selected Program Profile list.. the carrier can use the system parameter profile to configure the device system parameters in a unified manner. ----End 2.8 Configuring the System Parameters The system parameter profile integrates the parameters required for configuring the NE or the service. Bound to the specified device.

It is top-down and is actively managed. the DHCP packets can be relayed to the destination DHCP server (or client) across different subnets. 2. the DHCP clients on different subnets can share the same DHCP server. As a result. shortens the delay required for spanning network topology. you can configure the multicast parameters according to the global data plan. and the service is configured correctly.8. the system parameters that are pre-configured in the U2000 take effect on the device immediately.8.8. Therefore. it saves cost and realizes uniform management. the service in ATM mode is transmitted upstream to the IP network through the uplink port.5 Configuring the Multicast Parameters Before you provision services for multicast.. managed in centralized manner.8. and supports configuration in batches. In this way. 2. It meets the carriers' requirements for the transition from the ATM network to the IP network. In this way. and the IPoE packets are converted into the IPoA packets which are forwarded to the user.8. 2-28 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The parameters consist of the Internet Group Management Protocol parameters and NTV mode. As a result. 2.7 Adding the System Parameter Profile to a Device The system parameter profile is used to apply the system parameters that are pre-configured in the U2000 to the device. The configuration results can be queried. IPoA is used for the private line access. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . 2. 2.8.1 Configuring the DHCP Relay Mode The DHCP Relay serves as a bridge between a DHCP client and a server that are located on different subnets.2 Configuring the RSTP Global Parameters The Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) is improved based on the STP protocol. 2. 2. the DHCP clients on different subnets can share the same DHCP server. the DHCP packets can be relayed to the destination DHCP server (or client) across different subnets.4 Configuring the IPoA Parameters IP over ATM (IPoA) is a technology by which the payloads of the ATM packets are converted into the Ethernet frames which are transmitted to the upstream. Ltd.6 Setting BFD Parameters The device can handle the BFD protocols and you can configure the BFD functions only after the global BFD function is enabled. With this function. it supports all the functions of the STP protocol.1 Configuring the DHCP Relay Mode The DHCP Relay serves as a bridge between a DHCP client and a server that are located on different subnets. The NEs that have the same configurations can share data.8. With this function.2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Context The main advantages of the system parameter profile are: l l l It is configured based on the network. 2. After this operation is performed successfully.3 Enabling the PPPoA Conversion to PPPoE Function After the PPPoA conversion to PPPoE function is enabled. It can be configured regularly through task scheduling mode. it saves cost and realizes uniform management. and ensures the network connectivity.8.

8. click parameters to the Selected Parameters navigation tree.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning Procedure 1 Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > System Parameter Profile from the main menu. select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type dropdown list. Choose all to add the parameters from the Parameters for Selection navigation tree. 4 In the dialog box that is displayed. 5 Select Protocol > DHCP Relay forward mode on the System Parameter Settings navigation tree. click parameters to the Selected Parameters navigation tree. 3 Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. and ensures the network connectivity.8. 6 In the right pane.2 Configuring the RSTP Global Parameters The Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) is improved based on the STP protocol. and then set other related parameters according to the plan. 6 In the right pane. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 5 Select Protocol > RSTP on the System Parameter Settings navigation tree. 7 Click Finish. Ltd.. and the service is configured correctly. and then click Next. 2 On the System Parameter Profile tab page. Choose all to add the parameters from the Parameters for Selection navigation tree. 2-29 . ----End 2. 7 Click Finish. it supports all the functions of the STP protocol. the service in ATM mode is transmitted upstream to the IP network through the uplink port. enter the name of the system parameter profile. shortens the delay required for spanning network topology. select DHCP Relay forward mode and DHCP server selection mode. 3 Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type dropdown list. 4 In the dialog box that is displayed.3 Enabling the PPPoA Conversion to PPPoE Function After the PPPoA conversion to PPPoE function is enabled. ----End 2. set RSTP device switch to Open. enter the name of the system parameter profile. 2 On the System Parameter Profile tab page. Procedure 1 Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > System Parameter Profile from the main menu. Therefore. and then click Next.

----End 2-30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. click to add the parameters to the Selected Parameters navigation tree. 5 Select Encapsulation Management > IPoA on the System Parameter Settings navigation tree. Choose all to add the parameters from the Parameters for Selection navigation tree. select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type dropdown list. select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type dropdown list. IPoA is used for the private line access. 2 On the System Parameter Profile tab page. 6 In the right pane.. 4 In the dialog box that is displayed. ----End 2. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . set IPoA Enable state to Open.4 Configuring the IPoA Parameters IP over ATM (IPoA) is a technology by which the payloads of the ATM packets are converted into the Ethernet frames which are transmitted to the upstream. and the IPoE packets are converted into the IPoA packets which are forwarded to the user. Procedure 1 Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > System Parameter Profile from the main menu. click parameters to the Selected Parameters navigation tree. 6 In the right pane. and then set other related parameters according to the plan. It meets the carriers' requirements for the transition from the ATM network to the IP network. enter the name of the system parameter profile. Ltd. 2 On the System Parameter Profile tab page. 5 Select Encapsulation Management > PPPoA on the System Parameter Settings navigation tree. 4 In the dialog box that is displayed. 3 Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu.2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Procedure 1 Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > System Parameter Profile from the main menu.8. 7 Click Finish. 7 Click Finish. 3 Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. set PPPoA to PPPoE switch to Open. and then set other related parameters according to the plan. and then click Next. Choose all parameters from the Parameters for Selection navigation tree. enter the name of the system parameter profile. and then click Next.

The Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) defines the mechanism used to set up and maintain the relationship of multicast group members between the host and the router. 5. select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type drop-down list. 5. In the right pane. including the related parameters defined by the IGMP. you can configure the multicast parameters according to the global data plan. 3. In the dialog box that is displayed. l Select Protocol > IGMP on the System Parameter Settings navigation tree. 3. On the System Parameter Profile tab page. Click Finish. set the related parameters according to the plan.8. Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. 2. Click Finish. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 4. Choose all parameters from the Parameters for Selection navigation tree. Configure the multicast video service mode. and then click Next. 6. The parameters consist of the Internet Group Management Protocol parameters and NTV mode.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning 2. 2. Configure the NTV parameters. Choose all parameters from the Parameters for Selection navigation tree. 4. In the dialog box that is displayed. Select NTV on the System Parameter Settings navigation tree. 1.8. select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type drop-down list. and then click Next. Ltd. 6. 1. Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu.. 2-31 . In the right pane. Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > System Parameter Profile from the main menu. click to add the parameters to the Selected Parameters navigation tree. By setting the IGMP parameters. enter the name of the system parameter profile.6 Setting BFD Parameters The device can handle the BFD protocols and you can configure the BFD functions only after the global BFD function is enabled. click to add the parameters to the Selected Parameters navigation tree. Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > System Parameter Profile from the main menu. set the related parameters according to the plan. 7. you can effectively control the IGMP parameters of the multicast packets. enter the name of the system parameter profile. ----End 2.5 Configuring the Multicast Parameters Before you provision services for multicast. On the System Parameter Profile tab page. Procedure l Configure the IGMP parameters.

set the name of the system parameter profile and choose Protocol > BFD from the System Parameter Settings navigation tree. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . 2 On the System Parameter Profile tab page. 5 In the dialog box that is displayed.2 Pre-configuring Parameters for Service Provisioning iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Procedure 1 Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > System Parameter Profile from the main menu. query the required record of the system parameter profile. and then choose Download to NE. the system parameters that are pre-configured in the U2000 take effect on the device immediately. 4 In the dialog box that is displayed. and then click Next. ----End 2-32 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.8. After this operation is performed successfully. select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type dropdown list. and then click OK. ----End 2. select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type drop-down list. 6 In the right pane.. 3 Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. select a device to which the profile is to be applied.7 Adding the System Parameter Profile to a Device The system parameter profile is used to apply the system parameters that are pre-configured in the U2000 to the device. 3 In the dialog box that is displayed. Procedure 1 Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > System Parameter Profile from the main menu. set Global BFD enabling to Open. 2 On the System Parameter Profile interface. Choose all to add the parameters from the Parameters for Selection navigation tree. right-click. click parameters to the Selected Parameters navigation tree. Then. enter the name of the system parameter profile. 7 Click Finish.

UA5000(IPMB) supports a maximum of 10 clock sources. Ltd. Setting the System Clock This topic describes how to specify the clock signals of a port as the system clock source so that the entire system uses a same clock reference. The clock module automatically checks the types (BITS.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 3 Setting the System Clock 3 About This Chapter 1..3 Setting the Time Zone and the Daylight Saving Time This topic describes how to set the time zone of the device location as the time zone of the system. and then locks the clock source with the highest priority as the system clock source. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. the end time. The clock source may be an external BITS clock or a line clock of the upper-level node. and the offset of the daylight saving time (DST). and how to set the start time. 3-1 .2 Adding a Clock Source This topic describes how to specify the clock signals of a specified port as the system clock source. 3. 3. or SDH) of the specified clock sources. TDM.

Clock synchronization aims to restrict the clock frequency and the phase of each node in a network within the predefined tolerance scope.1 Introduction to the Clock System When configuring the system clock. Ltd. Clock synchronization is implemented in the following way: 1. That is. usually cesium atomic clocks. and use the clock as the clock source. uses the clock of its upper layer office as the clock source. Pseudo synchronization is mainly used in international digital networks.3 Setting the System Clock iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 3. including the end terminal office.. The digital switch offices of the digital switch network are under the control of the master clock. restrict the clock frequency and the phase of each node in a network within the predefined tolerance scope. The UA5000(IPMB) sends the system clock signals to the service cards through the backplane. 3. these offices trace the master clock. l Pseudo synchronization: The digital switch offices of a digital switch network have clocks that are independent of one another. The methods for clock synchronization on the digital network are as follows: pseudo synchronization and master/slave synchronization. These clocks. Master/slave synchronization: The digital switch network has a master clock configured with a clock of high accuracy. The service cards send the clock signals further to the lower layer network elements (NEs). these clocks are in pseudo synchronization. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . A lower layer office. l Generally. Although these clocks are not synchronous (in frequency and phase).2 Adding a Clock Source This topic describes how to specify the clock signals of a specified port as the system clock source. The UA5000(IPMB) obtains the clock signals of the upper layer device from the line as the system clock sources. UA5000(IPMB) supports a maximum of 10 clock sources. clock synchronization is a fundamental requirement. the time difference between them is small. This prevents transmission performance degradation caused by poor timings at both Tx and Rx ends. Context In the digital network that is composed of the UA5000(IPMB) and other devices. choose NE Properties > Clock Management > Clock Source from the navigation tree. the UA5000(IPMB) uses master/slave clock synchronization. have high accuracy and stability. and uses the system clock source with the highest priority as the system clock. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. between the digital networks of different countries. they are almost synchronous. 2 On the tab page that is displayed. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. that is. This prevents transmission performance degradation caused by poor timings at both Tx and Rx ends. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. 3-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. Therefore. 3. that is.

----End 3. and adjust. right-click. set the parameters. Ltd. and how to set the start time. right-click. the end time. The daylight saving time (DST) is ahead of or behind the standard time. and then choose Add Clock Source. click the Frequency Clock Source(8k) tab. As a result.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 3 Setting the System Clock 3 In the right pane. Context l If the preset time zone of the system is incorrect. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. choose a device container under the device node. the time-sensitive services to ensure that time information of the accounting. 2 In the dialog box that is displayed. the CPU is overloaded. synchronize the system time with the DST. and the offset of the daylight saving time (DST). the billing.. 3-3 . we need to use the time zone of the device location as the time zone of the system. the backup operation timed at 04:00 am (the time when the traffic on the network is small) may be performed in the daytime (the time when the traffic on the network is heavy). and it is also difficult to locate problems. 5 In the dialog box that is displayed.3 Setting the Time Zone and the Daylight Saving Time This topic describes how to set the time zone of the device location as the time zone of the system. Therefore. 4 In the information list. and then choose Object Attributes. based on the DST. and set Time Zone and DST. the alarm. and the log records is correct. If the country or the region of the carrier uses the DST. click the Time Zone and DST tab. l Procedure 1 In the navigation tree. 6 Click OK.

----End 3-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) .. Ltd.3 Setting the System Clock iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 3 Click OK.

Ltd. The purpose of setting the firewall blacklist is to prevent system attacks by malicious users. 4-1 .. System security configuration ensures that the devices on the network run in the normal state.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 4 Configuring the System Security Policy 4 Context Configuring the System Security Policy About This Chapter System security configuration aims to prevent devices from being attacked by unauthorized packets that are transmitted from the network side or the user side. The user packets are discarded if their source IP addresses are included in the firewall blacklist. and prevent users' attacks on the system to the utmost extent. 4. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. System security features tighten the network security and protect the UA5000(IPMB).1 Querying the Blacklist The system can filter out all of the service packets whose source IP addresses are included in a firewall blacklist. In this case. the system security and the network security are guaranteed. In this case. the security of the UA5000 (IPMB) is guaranteed.

set Anti DOS attack function to Enabled in the system parameter profile. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. For the users listed in the blacklist. choose Security > Query Blacklist from the navigation tree. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. the normal services are denied. the system receives the control packets sent from users in a restrictive manner.1 Querying the Blacklist The system can filter out all of the service packets whose source IP addresses are included in a firewall blacklist. the devices support the functions of enabling the firewall blacklist and adding blacklist entries. while the U2000 supports only the blacklist query. The DoS attack means that malicious users send a large number of control packets to attack the system.4 Configuring the System Security Policy iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 4. By taking the anti-denial of service (DoS) attack measures.. In this case. and Attack Time. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. which makes the system unable to process normal service requests. Message Type. Ltd. The user packets are discarded if their source IP addresses are included in the firewall blacklist. Then. 3 On the Blacklist Query interface. The system the malicious users who initiate DoS attacks to the blacklist. 2 On the tab page that is displayed. Before querying the blacklist records on the U2000. the system administrator can force them to go offline. The purpose of setting the firewall blacklist is to prevent system attacks by malicious users. Prerequisite l l Before querying the system blacklist. the control packets sent by these users will not be sent to the control module. view Attack Port Index. the system security and the network security are guaranteed. Context l l Currently. Attack Type. ----End 4-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . that is. enable the firewall blacklist function and add the entries to the blacklist.

you can implement the PITP user authentication function. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. A user initiates a DHCP request packet. In this case. and the device adds the location information of the access user to the option 82 field of the DHCP request packet.1 Setting PITP Management Parameters By setting PITP management parameters. it performs the binding authentication between the user account and the access port to avoid theft and roaming of the user account.3 Configuring DHCP Option 82 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) option 82 is a type of user security mechanism. 5.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 5 Configuring the User Security Policy 5 Context Configuring the User Security Policy About This Chapter This topic introduces the user security function and describes how to configure it in the UA5000 (IPMB). the UA5000(IPMB) performs the binding authentication between the user account and the access port to prevent theft and roaming of the user account.2 Configuring the Security Enabling or Disabling You can configure the security enabling or disabling in the system parameter profile to guarantee the security of the operators and access users. 5-1 . The UA5000(IPMB) supports a series of the user security authentication functions that comply with the security standards. With these functions.. the device provides the upper layer BRAS with the location information of the access user. This helps the upper layer authentication server authenticate the user. 5. After the BRAS obtains the information about the service port. Ltd. 5.

l In PITP P mode. PITP Sub Option82. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . and virtual broadband access server (V mode). Set the parameters such as PITP Administrative status. Prerequisite l In PITP V mode. The UA5000(IPMB) identifies the user based on the service port information carried in the PPPoE authentication request packet. – The 802. 2. Context There are two PITP modes: PPPoE+ mode (P mode). PITP Sub Option81. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. and transmits the service port information to the BRAS. l In the PITP V mode. Click Apply. 1. In PITP V mode. In terms of implementation principles. the device provides the upper layer BRAS with the location information of the access user. 4. the UA5000(IPMB) sends the service port information actively.1Q protocol is 33024 (0x8100).. In the Main Topology. and PITP Sub Option90. it performs the binding authentication between the user account and the access port to avoid theft and roaming of the user account. you can implement the PITP user authentication function. Ltd. the Vmode Ethernet protocol type parameter cannot be set. binding the user account with the information about the physical port. l Procedure 1 Configure global PITP parameters. choose NE Properties > Protocol > PITP mode from the navigation tree. – The RARP protocol type is 32821 (0x8035). that is. Vmode Ethernet protocol type. The existing protocol types are as follows: – The IP protocol type is 2048 (0x0800). ----End 5-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the protocol type to be set cannot conflict with the existing protocol type.5 Configuring the User Security Policy iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 5. 3. these two modes have the similar functions. UA5000(IPMB) sends the port information to the BRAS through a response packet. After the BRAS obtains the information about the service port. The UA5000(IPMB) is required to report the information about the physical port of the access user. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. and adds tags to the PPPoE packets. On the tab page that is displayed. – The PPPoE protocol types are 34915 (0x8863) and 34916 (0x8864). In this case.1 Setting PITP Management Parameters By setting PITP management parameters. the BRAS initiates the request for querying the service port actively. – The ARP protocol type is 2054 (0x0806). PITP mode of RAIO. The differences of these two modes are as follows.

Procedure 1 In the Main Topology.2 Configuring the Security Enabling or Disabling You can configure the security enabling or disabling in the system parameter profile to guarantee the security of the operators and access users. DHCP has some security problems. If the length of a DHCP packet that is added with the option 82 field exceeds the maximum length of the DHCP packet. the widely used DHCP function has no authentication and security mechanism. In the actual network applications. 3 Configure Anti ICMP attack function. make sure that the upper layer authentication device has completed the authentication configuration. To enhance the security when the user obtains IP address through DHCP and enhance the user access security. The DHCP server uses this option Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. choose NE Properties > Security > Security from the navigation tree. Lawful Declaration Displayed on User Logging in and MAC mode of PPPoA. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. 4 Click Apply. compared with the Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP). IP address spoofing. Anti IP attack function. CLI User Auto Unlocked Time. without adding the option 82 field to the DHCP packet. Prerequisite l l Before enabling the DHCP option 82 function. DHCP IP address use-up attack.. 2 On the tab page that is displayed. and the device adds the location information of the access user to the option 82 field of the DHCP request packet. Anti IP spoofing function. the system transparently transmits the packet directly. In addition. If you do not set the maximum length of the DHCP packet. Anti DOS attack function. ----End 5. MAC address spoofing. Ltd. such as too much DHCP broadcast. or exceeds the maximum transmission unit (MTU) of the VLAN L3 interface. Anti MAC spoofing function. This helps the upper layer authentication server authenticate the user. A user initiates a DHCP request packet. the system uses the MTU of the VLAN L3 interface as the maximum length of the DHCP packet.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 5 Configuring the User Security Policy 5. 5-3 l Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . especially for the independent DHCP server. and user ID spoofing.3 Configuring DHCP Option 82 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) option 82 is a type of user security mechanism. Context l Currently. the UA5000(IPMB) adds a reliable option that is used to identify the user ports and terminal information to the DHCP packets. you can set the maximum length of the DHCP packet. DHCP clients cannot be managed in a centralized manner. After the DHCP option 82 function is enabled.

3 Set the parameters such as DHCP Option82 and Max length of the DHCP packet after being attached with the Option82 option. and optional sub-option90 fields. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. RID (remote ID). it is shortened as DHCP option 82. slot ID. Ltd. which provide the user's shelf ID. The UA5000(IPMB) adds the option 82 field to or removes the option 82 field from the DHCP packet only when the DHCP option 82 function is enabled. The formats and contents of CID and RID vary with the RAIO working modes. Because its serial number is 82.5 Configuring the User Security Policy iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management as a valid basis and reference when allocating the IP address and setting the other parameters. port ID. VPI. and VCI. choose NE Properties > Protocol > DHCP Option82 from the navigation tree. 4 Click Apply. You can determine whether to add this field by enabling or disabling setting. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. l The DHCP option 82 field includes the CID (circuit ID). ----End 5-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. 2 On the tab page that is displayed. l Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. The suboption90 field contains the line encapsulation information. This option is called DHCP Relay Agent Information Option. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) .

In this case.. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. As a result. 6-1 . With this function. the DHCP packets can be relayed to the destination DHCP server (or client) across different subnets.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 6 Configuring the DHCP Relay 6 About This Chapter Context Configuring the DHCP Relay The DHCP relay enables the UA5000(IPMB) to function as a bridge between the DHCP clients and servers that are located in different subnets. the DHCP clients in different networks can share the same DHCP server. Ltd. it saves the cost and realizes the uniform management. Figure 6-1 shows the flowchart for configuring the DHCP relay function.

Ltd. 6. 6.1 Introduction to the DHCP Relay This topic describes the technical principles and service specifications of the dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) relay. 6.4 Configuring the DHCP MAC Address Segment Mode In the DHCP MAC address segment mode.6 Configuring the DHCP Relay iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Figure 6-1 Flowchart for configuring the DHCP relay function Start Configure the system parameter profile (DHCP relay mode) Binding a System Parameter Profile Add a VLAN Configure L3 Interface of the VLAN Add a DHCP Server Group Standard Mode Binding a L3 Interface to a DHCP Server Group Option60 Mode Add a DHCP domain MAC Address Segment Mode Add a MAC address segment Configuring gateway of the domain under the interface Save the data End 6.2 Configuring the DHCP Standard Mode In the DHCP standard mode. the UA5000(IPMB) differentiates the service types according to terminal types. the UA5000(IPMB) forwards the DHCP packets matching a certain MAC address segment to the DHCP server group to which the MAC address segment is bound. thus forwarding DHCP packets to different DHCP server groups..3 Configuring the DHCP Option60 Mode In the DHCP option60 mode. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . the UA5000(IPMB) selects a DHCP server according to the DHCP server group that is bound to the VLAN L3 interface where the DHCP packets of the client are received. 6-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

the DHCP packets can be relayed to the destination DHCP server (or client) across different subnets. Context DHCP is a solution for dynamic IP address allocation based on the TCP/IP protocol suite. DHCP is only applicable to the case that the DHCP client and the DHCP server are in the same subnet. Table 6-1 describes the features of DHCP relay modes. A MAC address segment can be bound to only one DHCP server group. Option60. 6-3 . When the UA5000(IPMB) is in the L3 forwarding mode. the DHCP clients on different networks can share the same DHCP server. The UA5000(IPMB) forwards the DHCP packets that match a certain MAC address segment to the DHCP server group that is bound to the MAC address segment. In this case. With this function. The system supports up to 128 MAC address segments. Ltd. or MAC address segment) that is selected by the DHCP relay module. As a result. The DHCP relay functions as a bridge between the DHCP clients and servers that are located in different subnets. it saves cost and realizes uniform management.. the UA5000(IPMB) only transparently transmits packets and does not process the packets. and forwards DHCP packets based on the DHCP server bound to the MAC address segment. and MAC address segment mode. In this way.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 6 Configuring the DHCP Relay 6. The UA5000(IPMB) supports L2 and L3 forwarding. each subnet needs to be set with a DHCP server. Table 6-1 L3 forwarding mode Parameter MAC address segment mode Description Selects a DHCP server group based on the source MAC address segment of DHCP packets. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l l In the L2 mode. the DHCP packets are forwarded by the DHCP client according to the forwarding mode (standard. which wastes resources. and the client and the server cannot work across the subnet. The device finds the MAC address segment according to the source MAC address of a user.1 Introduction to the DHCP Relay This topic describes the technical principles and service specifications of the dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) relay. Option60 (DHCP domain) mode. L3 forwarding includes the standard mode.

the BRAS can authenticate the user. because the DHCP function is without the authentication and security mechanism. Ltd.8. Option60 is an option in the DHCP packet. 6. When the DHCP option 82 feature is enabled. The DHCP relay of the UA5000(IPMB) can be configured as only one forwarding mode in the same period. When the DHCP option 82 feature is disabled. It identifies the terminal type. thus forwarding DHCP packets to different DHCP server groups. For details about how to set the forwarding mode. The actual applications over the network may encounter various security problems. When the DHCP option 82 function is enabled. the device only transparently transmits the DHCP packets and does not process the packets.8. The UA5000(IPMB) enhances the security of the DHCP function through the DHCP option 82 feature.1 Configuring the DHCP Relay Mode. see 2. The corresponding VLAN must be added. see 2. see Setting DHCP Option 82 Parameters.. Prerequisite l The DHCP relay mode must be set in the system parameter profile and must be applied to the device. For details about the operations.1 Configuring the DHCP Relay Mode and 2.2 Configuring the DHCP Standard Mode In the DHCP standard mode. Option60 (DHCP domain) mode Selects a DHCP server based on the DHCP Option60 domain. all the DHCP packets to be sent upstream through the VLAN L3 interface are forwarded to the DHCP server group bound to the VLAN L3 interface. Therefore.7 Adding the System Parameter Profile to a Device.8.6 Configuring the DHCP Relay iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Parameter DHCP standard mode Description Selects a DHCP server based on the IP address of the VLAN L3 interface to forward DHCP packets. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . For details about how to configure the DHCP option 82 feature. the UA5000(IPMB) selects a DHCP server according to the DHCP server group that is bound to the VLAN L3 interface where the DHCP packets of the client are received.1 Adding a VLAN. A VLAN L3 interface can be bound to only one DHCP server group.2. The UA5000(IPMB) selects a DHCP server based on the DHCP server group that is bound to the VLAN L3 interface for receiving DHCP packets from the client. The UA5000(IPMB) differentiates service types according to terminal types.1 Adding a DHCP Server Group 6-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The UA5000(IPMB) can solve these problems by using the DHCP option 82 option. l 6. the BRAS can authenticate the user. For details about the operations. see 2. You can select the gateway connected to the interface for the DHCP domain according to different terminal types.

A server group must contain at least the IP address of an active server. you need to configure the VLAN L3 interface of the DHCP server group. the L3 interface forwards data between different VLANs. 5 In the dialog box that is displayed. 4 In the information list. enter the proper parameters. 6. 6. Context l l The system supports up to 20 server groups. 6-5 . or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. When the DHCP relay function uses the standard mode to forward DHCP packets. perform this operation. 3 Select DHCP Server Group tab. Through L3 forwarding. 6 Click OK.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 6 Configuring the DHCP Relay To add a DHCP server group to provide the DHCP services for the DHCP clients in the local network. perform this operation. 2 Choose Protocol > DHCP from the navigation tree.3 Binding an L3 Interface to a DHCP Server Group To bind a VLAN L3 interface to a DHCP server group. The IP addresses of the active and standby servers in each server group must be unique. After the configuration is successful. right-click and choose Add from the shortcut menu.1 Adding a DHCP Server Group To add a DHCP server group to provide the DHCP services for the DHCP clients in the local network. all packets received on the VLAN L3 interface are forwarded to the corresponding DHCP server group. perform this operation.. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree.2. Ltd.2. ----End Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 6.2 Configuring a VLAN L3 Interface The functions of a L3 interface that is based on the VLAN are similar to a L3 switch.2.

click the L3 Interface tab.2. 6 Click Done. Through L3 forwarding. choose Configure VLAN from the navigation tree. and then choose Configure. and then set the IP address and the subnet mask of the L3 interface as follows. 2 Choose VLAN from the navigation tree.. 5 In the dialog box that is displayed. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. select Configure L3 Interface. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. ----End 6-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set the filter criteria or click to display the VLANs. the L3 interface forwards data between different VLANs. 4 Select a VLAN record. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) .2 Configuring a VLAN L3 Interface The functions of a L3 interface that is based on the VLAN are similar to a L3 switch. 3 On the VLAN tab page. Context You can configure the L3 interfaces of only common VLANs. Ltd. right-click. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu.6 Configuring the DHCP Relay iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 6.

5 In the dialog box that is displayed.2 Adding a DHCP Domain To create a DHCP domain when the UA5000(IPMB) enables the DHCP relay function and the forwarding mode is the Option60 (DHCP domain) mode. l 6.3. see 2.3. When the DHCP relay function uses the standard mode to forward DHCP packets.1 Adding a VLAN. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. For details about the operations.3 Binding an L3 Interface to a DHCP Server Group To bind a VLAN L3 interface to a DHCP server group.3 Configuring a VLAN L3 Interface The functions of a L3 interface that is based on the VLAN are similar to a L3 switch. thus forwarding DHCP packets to different DHCP server groups. 6-7 . perform this operation.3.8. After the configuration is successful.. 6. Prerequisite l The DHCP relay mode must be set in the system parameter profile and must be applied to the device. the L3 interface forwards data between different VLANs. perform this operation.7 Adding the System Parameter Profile to a Device. 6. the new value overwrites the original value.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 6 Configuring the DHCP Relay 6. ----End 6.8.2. 6. 3 On the Standard Mode tab page. set the querying criteria to display the required records. you need to configure the VLAN L3 interface of the DHCP server group. 2 Choose Protocol > DHCP from the navigation tree. Context If the VLAN L3 interface is already bound to a DHCP server group.1 Adding a DHCP Server Group To add a DHCP server group to provide the DHCP services for the DHCP clients in the local network. The corresponding VLAN must be added. 4 Right-click a record and choose Modify from the shortcut menu. Ltd.1 Configuring the DHCP Relay Mode and 2. all packets received on the VLAN L3 interface are forwarded to the corresponding DHCP server group.4 Configuring the Gateway IP Address of the Domain Under an Interface Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Through L3 forwarding. perform this operation. For details about the operations. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology.3 Configuring the DHCP Option60 Mode In the DHCP option60 mode. 6 Click OK. select DHCP Server Group No.3.. see 2. the UA5000(IPMB) differentiates the service types according to terminal types.

6 Click OK. If the DHCP packet does not contain 6-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2 Choose Protocol > DHCP from the navigation tree. the UA5000(IPMB) checks whether the information matches the domain names by the packets. 3 Select DHCP Server Group tab. A server group must contain at least the IP address of an active server. After the gateway IP address is configured successfully. and from start to end..3. you need to configure the gateway IP address corresponding to the DHCP domain. 5 In the dialog box that is displayed. 4 In the information list. Ltd. the UA5000(IPMB) can forward packets to the corresponding server through the gateway IP address. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology.1 Adding a DHCP Server Group To add a DHCP server group to provide the DHCP services for the DHCP clients in the local network. The IP addresses of the active and standby servers in each server group must be unique. ----End 6. 6. Context l l The system supports up to 20 server groups. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu.6 Configuring the DHCP Relay iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management When the DHCP relay working mode is the DHCP domain forwarding mode. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . The matching rule is from long to short.3. perform this operation.2 Adding a DHCP Domain To create a DHCP domain when the UA5000(IPMB) enables the DHCP relay function and the forwarding mode is the Option60 (DHCP domain) mode. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. perform this operation. Context After receiving the DHCP packets containing the Option60 information from a service port. enter the proper parameters. right-click and choose Add from the shortcut menu.

5 Click OK. click the L3 Interface tab. the device matches the default domain for the DHCP relay. and then set the IP address and the subnet mask of the L3 interface as follows.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 6 Configuring the DHCP Relay the Option60 information or does not match a proper domain name after the matching process ends. Ltd. 4 In the dialog box that is displayed. set the filter criteria or click to display the VLANs. select Configure L3 Interface. 3 Click the DHCP Domain tab.3 Configuring a VLAN L3 Interface The functions of a L3 interface that is based on the VLAN are similar to a L3 switch. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. 4 Select a VLAN record. Through L3 forwarding. choose Configure VLAN from the navigation tree. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. 2 Choose VLAN from the navigation tree. 5 In the dialog box that is displayed.3. and then choose Add. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. 6-9 .. ----End 6. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. set the parameters. right-click. the L3 interface forwards data between different VLANs. right-click. and then choose Configure. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Context You can configure the L3 interfaces of only common VLANs. 2 Choose Protocol > DHCP from the navigation tree. 3 On the VLAN tab page.

2 Choose Protocol > DHCP from the navigation tree. 3 Click the DHCP Domain tab. a DHCP domain can be configured with only one gateway IP address. and set the filter criteria to display the required DHCP domains. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu.6 Configuring the DHCP Relay iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 6 Click Done. you need to configure the gateway IP address corresponding to the DHCP domain. Context On a VLAN interface. After the gateway IP address is configured successfully. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. Ltd. and this gateway IP address must be the IP address already configured on the VLAN interface.3. 6-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.4 Configuring the Gateway IP Address of the Domain Under an Interface When the DHCP relay working mode is the DHCP domain forwarding mode. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. the UA5000(IPMB) can forward packets to the corresponding server through the gateway IP address. ----End 6..

Ltd.4. the L3 interface forwards data between different VLANs. When the DHCP relay mode is the MAC address segment forwarding mode. 6 In the dialog box that is displayed. 6. the UA5000 (IPMB) can forward packets to the corresponding server through the gateway IP address. The IP addresses of the active and standby servers in each server group must be unique. For details about the operations. perform this operation. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.4. you need to configure the gateway IP address corresponding to the MAC address segment.2 Adding a MAC Address Segment To add a DHCP MAC address segment when the UA5000(IPMB) enables the DHCP relay function and the forwarding mode is the MAC address segment mode. 6-11 Issue 03 (2010-11-19) .1 Adding a DHCP Server Group To add a DHCP server group to provide the DHCP services for the DHCP clients in the local network. Context l The system supports up to 20 server groups. Through L3 forwarding. ----End 6.4 Configuring the Gateway IP Address Corresponding to the MAC Address Segment Under an Interface To configure the gateway IP address corresponding to the MAC address segment under a VLAN interface.1 Adding a DHCP Server Group To add a DHCP server group to provide the DHCP services for the DHCP clients in the local network.4. For details about the operations.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 6 Configuring the DHCP Relay 4 Select a record from the DHCP domain list. 6.3 Configuring a VLAN L3 Interface The functions of a L3 interface that is based on the VLAN are similar to a L3 switch. perform this operation. 6. After the gateway IP address is configured successfully.. 5 Right-click a record and choose Modify from the shortcut menu. set the parameters.4. see 2. perform this operation. perform this operation. right-click. and then click the Gateway of the Domain under the Interface tab in the lower pane.4.1 Adding a VLAN.4 Configuring the DHCP MAC Address Segment Mode In the DHCP MAC address segment mode.8. 7 Click OK.8.7 Adding the System Parameter Profile to a Device. Prerequisite l The DHCP relay mode must be set in the system parameter profile and the system parameter profile must be applied to the device.1 Configuring the DHCP Relay Mode and 2. the UA5000(IPMB) forwards the DHCP packets matching a certain MAC address segment to the DHCP server group to which the MAC address segment is bound. l 6. The corresponding VLAN must be added. 6. see 2.

6 Configuring the DHCP Relay iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management l A server group must contain at least the IP address of an active server.2 Adding a MAC Address Segment To add a DHCP MAC address segment when the UA5000(IPMB) enables the DHCP relay function and the forwarding mode is the MAC address segment mode. set the parameters. right-click and choose Add from the shortcut menu. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu.. 3 Click the MAC Address Segment tab. 4 In the information list. Ltd. 2 Choose Protocol > DHCP from the navigation tree. 4 In the dialog box that is displayed. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. enter the proper parameters. 5 In the dialog box that is displayed. 6 Click OK. 3 Select DHCP Server Group tab. and then choose Add. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. ----End 6. 6-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. right-click. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. perform this operation. 2 Choose Protocol > DHCP from the navigation tree.4.

5 In the dialog box that is displayed. and then choose Configure. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. Through L3 forwarding.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 6 Configuring the DHCP Relay 5 Click OK. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. 4 Select a VLAN record. Ltd. 3 On the VLAN tab page. 2 Choose VLAN from the navigation tree. click the L3 Interface tab. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. right-click.3 Configuring a VLAN L3 Interface The functions of a L3 interface that is based on the VLAN are similar to a L3 switch. Context You can configure the L3 interfaces of only common VLANs. 6-13 . ----End 6. the L3 interface forwards data between different VLANs. choose Configure VLAN from the navigation tree. select Configure L3 Interface.. and then set the IP address and the subnet mask of the L3 interface as follows. set the filter criteria or click to display the VLANs. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.4.

the UA5000 (IPMB) can forward packets to the corresponding server through the gateway IP address. a MAC address segment can be configured with only one gateway IP address. 3 Click the MAC Address Segment tab.4. 5 Right-click a record and choose Modify from the shortcut menu. and this gateway IP address must be the IP address already configured on the VLAN interface. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . select Gateway IP of the MAC Address Segment Under the Interface.6 Configuring the DHCP Relay iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 6 Click Done. and set the filter criteria to display the required MAC address segments. 7 Click OK. and then click the Gateway of the MAC Address Segment Under the Interface tab in the lower pane. 2 Choose Protocol > DHCP from the navigation tree. ----End 6. When the DHCP relay mode is the MAC address segment forwarding mode. you need to configure the gateway IP address corresponding to the MAC address segment.4 Configuring the Gateway IP Address Corresponding to the MAC Address Segment Under an Interface To configure the gateway IP address corresponding to the MAC address segment under a VLAN interface. Ltd. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree.. ----End 6-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. perform this operation. 6 In the dialog box that is displayed. 4 Select a MAC address segment. Context On a VLAN interface. After the gateway IP address is configured successfully. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu.

iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management

7 Configuring the xDSL Access

7
About This Chapter

Configuring the xDSL Access

This topic describes the ADSL, G.SHDSL, and VDSL2 in the xDSL technology and how to configure the IPoA, PPPoA, IPoE, and PPPoE access services on the UA5000(IPMB). 7.1 Introduction to the xDSL Access Using the existing twisted pair and high frequency (higher than 4 kHz) data compress method, the xDSL technology is a modulation technology providing users with a high rate and high frequency Internet service. Because the xDSL have a higher frequency spectrum than common communication signal, the twisted pair can transmit the voice signal when providing the Internet service with the xDSL technology. 7.2 Configuring the xDSL Access Services This topic describes how to configure the IPoA, PPPoA, IPoE, and PPPoE access services based on the xDSL technology on the UA5000(IPMB). 7.3 Configuration Example of the ADSL IPoA Access Service This topic describes how to configure the ADSL IPoA access service based on the example network. After the configuration, the user can log in to the Internet through the ADSL line in the IPoA mode. 7.4 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE Service Based on the example network, this topic describes how to configure the VDSL2 PPPoE service and how to access the Internet in the PPPoE mode through the VDSL2 line after the configuration.

Issue 03 (2010-11-19)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-1

7 Configuring the xDSL Access

iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management

7.1 Introduction to the xDSL Access
Using the existing twisted pair and high frequency (higher than 4 kHz) data compress method, the xDSL technology is a modulation technology providing users with a high rate and high frequency Internet service. Because the xDSL have a higher frequency spectrum than common communication signal, the twisted pair can transmit the voice signal when providing the Internet service with the xDSL technology.

Context
l ADSL stands for asymmetric digital subscriber line. The ADSL technology uses the asymmetric transmission mode. It provides asymmetric upstream and downstream rates over the existing twisted pair. Users can access the Internet over the ADSL line. The ADSL technology has three standards, namely, ADSL standard, ADSL2 standard, and ADSL2+ standard. – The ADSL technology has the following features: – The asymmetric digital subscriber line uses the existing twisted pair to transmit data information with high bandwidth for enterprises and family users. Different from the current dialing telephone service, the service provided by the ADSL technology is continuous and always online. – The ADSL technology is asymmetric, that is, the ADSL technology uses most of the service channel in the downstream transmission and little service channel to receive information from the users. – The ADSL technology can store the analog (voice) and data signals on the same line at the same time. – The ADSL technology has the following specifications: – The ADSL technology supports the maximum downstream rate 8 Mbit/s, the maximum upstream rate 896 kbit/s, and the maximum transmission distance 5 km. – The ADSL2+ technology supports the maximum downstream rate 24 Mbit/s, the maximum upstream rate 1.2 Mbit/s, and the maximum transmission distance 6.5 km. – The ADSL2+ is the development of the ADSL technology and the device that supports the ADSL2+ access can support the ADSL and ADSL2 access. l G.SHDSL stands for G.single-pair high-speed digital subscriber line. As a high-speed symmetric transmission technology, it uses the existing unused high frequency in the twisted pair to transmit the data at a high speed with different modulation methods. – The G.SHDSL technology has the following features: – The transmission rate of the G.SHDSL technology is related to the transmission distance and line quality. Generally, the longer the transmission distance, the poorer is the line quality and the lower is the transmission rate; the shorter the transmission distance, the better is the line quality and the higher is the transmission rate. – A G.SHDSL connection can automatically adjust its rate to a proper value according to the line status, such as distance and noise. – The G.SHDSL technology has the following specifications: – The G.SHDSL supports the transmission distance 3-6 km. – The two-wire G.SHDSL line supports the rate 192-5696 kbit/s and the four-wire G.SHDSL line supports the rate 384-4608 kbit/s.
7-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Issue 03 (2010-11-19)

iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management

7 Configuring the xDSL Access

l

The very high speed digital subscriber line 2 (VDSL2) is the development of the VDSL. It uses the existing twisted pair to provide the asymmetric or symmetric high-speed access service for the users. – The VDSL2 technology has the following feature: The VDSL technology supports spectrum profiles of various types and in various encapsulation modes. Hence, the VDSL2 technology provides short-distance and high-rate solutions to the next generation FTTx access scenarios. – The VDSL2 technology has the following specifications: – The VDSL2 technology supports the maximum symmetric rates 100 Mbit/s, and the maximum transmission distance 3.5 km. – When ADSL or ADSL2+ terminal units are connected to VDSL2 lines, the VDSL2 lines can work in the ADSL or ADSL2+ mode. – The VDSL2 access service supports two encapsulation modes, that is, ATM and PTM. – ATM mode: Transmits the ATM cell on the channel – PTM mode: Transmits the IP packet on the channel

Figure 7-1 shows an example network of the ADSL access service on the UA5000(IPMB). Figure 7-1 Example network of the ADSL access service

BRAS

0/2/0 C S R B UA5000 0/11 Modem

I P M B

……

Modem

PC

PC

Issue 03 (2010-11-19)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-3

7 Configuring the xDSL Access
NOTE

iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management

l The PC is connected to the service port of the UA5000(IPMB) through the ADSL modem. The user packets are sent to the modem, and sent to the UA5000(IPMB) in different modes (such as IPoA, PPPoA, IPoE, or PPPoE), and then sent upstream to the upper layer network through the upstream port. l The example networks of the G.SHDS access service and of the VDSL2 access service are the same as the example network of the ADSL access service. The difference lies only in the access service cards. This document uses the example network of the ADSL access service as an example.

7.2 Configuring the xDSL Access Services
This topic describes how to configure the IPoA, PPPoA, IPoE, and PPPoE access services based on the xDSL technology on the UA5000(IPMB). 7.2.1 Configuring the IPoA Service This topic describes how to log in to the Internet through the ADSL line in the IPoA mode. The following uses the IPoA access mode of the ADSL technology as an example. The IPoA access modes of the G.SHDSL and VDSL2 technologies are the same as the IPoA access mode of the ADSL technology. The difference lies only in the port types. 7.2.2 Configuring the PPPoA Service This topic describes how to log in to the Internet through the G.SHDSL line in the PPPoA mode. The following uses the PPPoA access mode of the G.SHDSL technology as an example. The PPPoA access modes of the ADSL and VDSL2 technologies are the same as the PPPoA access mode of the G.SHDSL technology. The difference lies only in the port types. 7.2.3 Configuring the IPoE Service This topic describes how to log in to the Internet through the ADSL line in the IPoE mode. The following uses the IPoE access mode of the ADSL technology as an example. The IPoE access modes of the G.SHDSL and VDSL2 technologies are the same as the IPoE access mode of the ADSL technology. The difference lies only in the port types. 7.2.4 Configuring the PPPoE Service This topic describes how to log in to the Internet through the VDSL2 line in the PPPoE mode. The following uses the PPPoE access mode of the VDSL2 technology as an example. The PPPoE access modes of the ADSL and G.SHDSL technologies are the same as the PPPoE access mode of the VDSL2 technology. The difference lies only in the port types.

7.2.1 Configuring the IPoA Service
This topic describes how to log in to the Internet through the ADSL line in the IPoA mode. The following uses the IPoA access mode of the ADSL technology as an example. The IPoA access modes of the G.SHDSL and VDSL2 technologies are the same as the IPoA access mode of the ADSL technology. The difference lies only in the port types.

Prerequisite
l The VLAN must be added and the upstream port of the VLAN must be configured and be downloaded to the device. For details, see 2.1 Adding a VLAN and 2.2 Configuring the Upstream Port of a VLAN. The traffic profile of the MEF IP must be configured and be downloaded to the device. For details, see Configuring an MEF IP Traffic Profile.

l

7-4

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-11-19)

iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management

7 Configuring the xDSL Access

l

The line profile and alarm profile of the ADSL are configured and be downloaded to the device. For details, see 2.6.1 Configuring an ADSL Line Profile and 2.6.2 Configuring an ADSL Alarm Profile. For enabling the protocol conversion function and configuring the IPoA with the default gateway, see 2.8.4 Configuring the IPoA Parameters.

l

Context
l IPoA stands for Internet protocol over ATM. The IPoA technology transmits the IP data packet on the ATM-LAN. It stipulates the connection setup among ATM terminals in the ATM network, especially the requirements of the IP data communication through the switched virtual circuit (SVC). With the development of the IP network, the IP access mode in the DSLAM devices becomes a mainstream access mode. To adapt to the user modem that is accessed in the ATM mode, the UA5000(IPMB) supports the conversion from the IPoA/PPPoA protocol to the IPoE/PPPoE protocol, and transparently accesses the IPoA/PPPoA users to the upperlayer IP network. Currently, the actual application services of the IPoA/PPPoA users are common Internet access services. In the IPoA access, for the packet, the user can use a dynamic IP address (not to specify the source IP address of the packet) or a static IP address (to specify the source IP address of the packet). When the user IP address switches from the IPoA dynamic to the IPoA static, however, the IP address has to switch to the LLC-Bridge encapsulation type, and then it can switch to the IPoA static encapsulation type. The UA5000(IPMB) restricts the access rate of a user through either a traffic profile or an ADSL line profile. When both are applied, the smaller value works.

l

l l

l

Figure 7-2 shows the flowchart for configuring the IPoA access service on the UA5000 (IPMB).

Issue 03 (2010-11-19)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-5

7 Configuring the xDSL Access iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Figure 7-2 Flowchart for configuring the IPoA access service Start Add a VLAN and configure the upstream port for the VLAN Is a proper traffic profile available ? Yes Is a proper line profile available ? Yes No No Configure a traffic Profile Configure a line Profile Is a proper alarm profile available ? Yes Enable the protocol conversation Configure an alarm Profile Enable the default IPoA gateway Configure the service virtual port Configure the attributes of the xDSL port Activate the xDSL port Configure the MAC address pool Configure the IPoA service encapsulation type of the xDSL port Save the data End 7-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Ltd. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) .

right-click. Ltd. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 5 In the dialog box that is displayed. VCI. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. the xDSL service port can carry service streams of various types. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. set the filter criteria or click to display the ADSL ports. Vlan ID. VLAN Choice. and then choose Add.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 7 Configuring the xDSL Access Configuring a Service Port After being configured successfully. 4 In the information list. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree.. VPI. select an ADSL port record. 3 On the ADSL tab page. On the Service Port tab page in the lower pane. set Upstream Traffic Name. Downstream Traffic Name. 2 Choose DSL > ADSL from the navigation tree. 7-7 . and Service Type.

l Select only the MEF IP Traffic Profile that exists on the device. select an ADSL port record. the system reports an error. modify the port attributes directly. ----End Configuring the Attributes of an ADSL Port This topic describes how to configure a line profile. an alarm profile. set the filter criteria or click to display the ADSL ports. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) .. 2 Choose DSL > ADSL from the navigation tree. If the port is in the deactivated state.7 Configuring the xDSL Access NOTE iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management l The configuration of VLAN ID must be the same as that in 2. 6 Click OK. Otherwise. bind the ADSL port to the corresponding profile. right-click. and then choose Configure Attributes. deactivate it before modifying the port attributes. ----End 7-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. activating. or deactivated state. Ltd. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. 5 In the dialog box that is displayed. If the port is in the activated or activating state. These attributes can be used after the ADSL port is activated. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. 4 In the information list. 6 Click OK.2 Configuring the Upstream Port of a VLAN. 3 On the ADSL tab page. extended profile (optional) of an ADSL port. Context You can modify the attributes of a port when the port is in the activated.

or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu.. Context l l l The ADSL port must be activated and then it can transmit the service. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. the connection set up during the activating process is interrupted.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 7 Configuring the xDSL Access Result Click the tabs to view the information about the ADSL port. the port is activated. 4 In the information list. and the ATU-C is in the detection state. the activating process is complete after the training is successful. If the training is successful. right-click. such as the line quality. the training automatically initiates. When you activate a port: – If the ATU-R is online (powered on). set the filter criteria or click to display the ADSL ports. 7-9 . double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. 3 On the ADSL tab page. Activating an ADSL Port The ADSL port can transmit the service in the normal state only when it is activated successfully. and then choose Activate. and then activate the port. ----End Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. – If the ATU-R is offline (powered off). configure the port with a profile with the new parameters. you need to deactivate the port. When the ATU-R is powered on again. 2 Choose DSL > ADSL from the navigation tree. Before configuring new parameters to an activated port. select an ADSL port to be activated.

set the Protocol Type to llc_ip and then set the Source IP Address and Destination IP Address parameters. and then choose Configure Extended Properties. 5 Click OK. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. 2 Choose NE Properties > MAC Address Pool from the navigation tree on the tab page that is displayed. set the filter criteria or click to display the ADSL ports. 5 In the dialog box that is displayed. After the encapsulation type is configured successfully. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree.. ----End Configuring the IPoA Encapsulation Type of an ADSL Port This topic describes how to configure a specified encapsulation type of the service port. 3 On the ADSL tab page. the specified PVC packets are sent upstream or downstream in the configured encapsulation type. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. the UA5000(IPMB) needs to convert the IPoA/PPPoA packets to the IPoE/PPPoE packets. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . right-click and choose Add from the shortcut menu. In this case.7 Configuring the xDSL Access iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Configuring a MAC Address Pool In case of IPoA or PPPoA access. 4 Click the Service Port Info tab in the lower pane. 7-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. thus converting the ATM cell to the Ethernet packet. right-click. Select a record from the service port list. set Start MAC Address. 3 In the information list. 4 In the dialog box that is displayed. the MAC address pool allocates a MAC address to the user and adds a MAC address (source MAC address) to the ATM cell. Ltd. 2 Choose DSL > ADSL from the navigation tree. Address Range and Type.

the UA5000(IPMB) supports the conversion from the IPoA/PPPoA protocol Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.SHDSL Line Profile and 2. The difference lies only in the port types. ----End 7. the IP access mode in the DSLAM devices becomes a mainstream access mode.2. For configuring the function of converting PPPoA to PPPoE.2 Configuring the PPPoA Service This topic describes how to log in to the Internet through the G.SHDSL technology. It is used to manage and verify the user information and it is applied in the asynchronous transmission mode as the PPP network protocol.SHDSL Alarm Profile. For details. The traffic profile of the MEF IP must be configured. see Configuring an MEF IP Traffic Profile. see 2. Prerequisite l l l The VLAN must be added and the upstream port of the VLAN must be configured. For details. The PPPoA access modes of the ADSL and VDSL2 technologies are the same as the PPPoA access mode of the G.SHDSL technology as an example.SHDSL are configured. Ltd.3 Enabling the PPPoA Conversion to PPPoE Function.8. The line profile and alarm profile of the G.5 Configuring a G.SHDSL line in the PPPoA mode. With the development of the IP network. To adapt to the user modem that is accessed in the ATM mode. For details.6 Configuring a G. 7-11 l Issue 03 (2010-11-19) .iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 7 Configuring the xDSL Access 6 Click OK. see 2. see 2. The following uses the PPPoA access mode of the G.1 Adding a VLAN and 2.2 Configuring the Upstream Port of a VLAN.6. l Context l PPPoA stands for point to point protocol over ATM..6.

Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . Ltd..7 Configuring the xDSL Access iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management to the IPoE/PPPoE protocol. and transparently accesses the IPoA/PPPoA users to the upperlayer IP network. The UA5000(IPMB) restricts the access rate of a user through either a traffic profile or a G. the smaller value works. 7-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.SHDSL line profile. Figure 7-3 shows the flowchart for configuring the PPPoA access service on the UA5000 (IPMB). the actual application services of the IPoA/PPPoA users are common Internet access services. l l Currently. When both are applied.

SHDSL port Configure the MAC address pool Configure the PPPoA service encapsulation type of the G.SHDSL port Activate the G.SHDSL port Save the data End Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 7-13 . Ltd.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 7 Configuring the xDSL Access Figure 7-3 Flowchart for configuring the PPPoA access service Start Add a VLAN and configure the upstream port for the VLAN Is a proper traffic profile available? Yes Is a proper line profile available? Yes Is a proper alarm profile available? Yes Configure the PPPoA-to-PPPoE conversion No Configure a traffic profile No Configure a line profile No Configure an alarm profile Configure the service virtual port Is the port activated? No Configure the attributes of the G..SHDSL port Yes Deactivate the G.

. 2 Choose DSL > ATM G. On the Service Port Info tab page in the lower pane. and Service Type. right-click and choose Add from shortcut menu. Downstream Traffic Name. set the filter criteria or click ports. VPI.SHDSL Port from the navigation tree. VLAN Choice. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. select a G. to display the G. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. 3 On the ATM G.SHDSL service port can carry service streams of various types. VCI.SHDSL 4 In the information list.7 Configuring the xDSL Access iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Configuring a Service Port After being configured successfully. Vlan ID.SHDSL port record. the G. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . 5 In the dialog box that is displayed. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree.SHDSL Port tab page. 7-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. set Upstream Traffic Name.

If the port is in the deactivated state. to display the G.SHDSL Port from the navigation tree. modify the port attributes directly. 5 In the dialog box that is displayed. 7-15 . Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. 3 On the ATM G. the system reports an error. or deactivated state. right-click a record and choose Configure Attributes from the shortcut menu. Ltd. ----End Configuring the Attributes of a G.SHDSL port. bind the G.SHDSL port with the corresponding profile.. deactivate it before modifying the port attributes.SHDSL Port tab page. Otherwise.2 Configuring the Upstream Port of a VLAN.SHDSL port list. 2 Choose DSL > ATM G.SHDSL 4 In the G. 6 Click OK. ----End Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. set the filter criteria or click ports. These attributes can be used after the G. l Select only the MEF IP Traffic Profile that exists on the device.SHDSL Port This topic describes how to configure a line profile and an alarm profile of a G. Context You can modify the attributes of a port when the port is in the activated. activating.SHDSL port is activated. 6 Click OK. If the port is in the activated or activating state.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management NOTE 7 Configuring the xDSL Access l The preset VLAN ID must be the same as the value preset in 2. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree.

In this case. the UA5000(IPMB) needs to convert the IPoA/PPPoA packets to the IPoE/PPPoE packets. the MAC address pool allocates a MAC address to the user and adds a MAC address (source MAC address) to the ATM cell.SHDSL Port The port can transmit the service in the normal state only when it is activated. 2 Choose DSL > ATM G. right-click. 2 Choose NE Properties > MAC Address Pool from the navigation tree on the tab page that is displayed.SHDS list. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology.SHDSL port must be activated and then it can transmit the service. When you activate a port: – If the ATU-R is online (powered on). 3 In the information list. configure the port with a profile with the new parameters.SHDSL Port from the navigation tree. right-click and choose Add from the shortcut menu. the activating process is complete after the training is successful. thus converting the ATM cell to the Ethernet packet. Address Range and Type. and then choose Activate. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. the port is activated. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu.7 Configuring the xDSL Access iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Activating a G. set the filter criteria or click ports. set Start MAC Address. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) .. 4 In the dialog box that is displayed. – If the ATU-R is offline (powered off). 5 Click OK. Context l l l The G. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. and then activate the port. When the ATU-R is powered on again. the connection set up during the activating process is interrupted. the training automatically initiates. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. and the ATU-C is in the detection state. Before configuring new parameters for an activated port. you need to deactivate the port. 3 On the ATM G. to display the G.SHDSL 4 Select a record from the G. Ltd. ----End 7-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.SHDSL Port tab page. If the training is successful. ----End Configuring a MAC Address Pool In case of IPoA or PPPoA access.

.2 Configuring an ADSL Alarm Profile. 2 Choose DSL > ATM G. after being encapsulated by the Ethernet card on the user PC. see 2. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. the IP packet is directly transmitted to the UA5000(IPMB) without any other encapsulation and change.SHDSL Port tab page. and then choose Configure Extended Properties. set Protocol Type to llc_ppp. see Configuring an MEF IP Traffic Profile. For the IPoE access. 7-17 . Ltd. ----End 7. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. For details.2. For details. For details.2 Configuring the Upstream Port of a VLAN. The line profile and alarm profile of the ADSL are configured.SHDSL Port To configure the PPPoA encapsulation type of a G.1 Configuring an ADSL Line Profile and 2. The following uses the IPoE access mode of the ADSL technology as an example.SHDSL Port to llc_ppp.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 7 Configuring the xDSL Access Configuring the PPPoA Encapsulation Type of a G. see 2. The traffic profile of the MEF IP must be configured.SHDSL 4 Click the Service Port Info tab in the lower pane. 3 On the ATM G.1 Adding a VLAN and 2. l Figure 7-4 shows the flowchart for configuring the IPoE access service on the UA5000 (IPMB). 5 In the dialog box that is displayed. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. to display the G. Select a record from the service port list. right-click. perform this operation.SHDSL and VDSL2 technologies are the same as the IPoE access mode of the ADSL technology. set the filter criteria or click ports. When both are applied.6. Context l IPoE stands for IP over Ethernet. Prerequisite l l l The VLAN must be added and the upstream port of the VLAN must be configured.3 Configuring the IPoE Service This topic describes how to log in to the Internet through the ADSL line in the IPoE mode. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. 6 Click OK.6. The IPoE access modes of the G. the smaller value works. The difference lies only in the port types.SHDSL Port from the navigation tree. The UA5000(IPMB) restricts the access rate of a user through either a traffic profile or an ADSL line profile.

Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree.7 Configuring the xDSL Access iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Figure 7-4 Flowchart for configuring the IPoE access service Start Add a VLAN and configure the upstream port for the VLAN Is a proper traffic profile available? Yes Is a proper line profile available? Yes Is a proper alarm profile available? Yes Configure the service virtual port No Configure a traffic profile No Configure a line profile No Configure an alarm profile Configure the attributes of the ADSL port Activate the ADSL port Save the data End Configuring a Service Port After being configured successfully.. 2 Choose DSL > ADSL from the navigation tree. 7-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. the xDSL service port can carry service streams of various types. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. Ltd.

extended profile (optional) of an ADSL port. These attributes can be used after the ADSL port is activated. Downstream Traffic Name. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 7-19 . Ltd. l Select only the MEF IP Traffic Profile that exists on the device. 5 In the dialog box that is displayed. Otherwise. NOTE l The configuration of VLAN ID must be the same as that in 2. the system reports an error. Vlan ID. right-click. VLAN Choice. and then choose Add. On the Service Port tab page in the lower pane. and Service Type. 4 In the information list. 6 Click OK. an alarm profile.. set the filter criteria or click to display the ADSL ports. VPI.2 Configuring the Upstream Port of a VLAN. set Upstream Traffic Name. select an ADSL port record. VCI. ----End Configuring the Attributes of an ADSL Port This topic describes how to configure a line profile.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 7 Configuring the xDSL Access 3 On the ADSL tab page.

set the filter criteria or click to display the ADSL ports. If the port is in the activated or activating state. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . such as the line quality. 6 Click OK. and then choose Configure Attributes. 2 Choose DSL > ADSL from the navigation tree. modify the port attributes directly. If the port is in the deactivated state. 3 On the ADSL tab page. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. 5 In the dialog box that is displayed. or deactivated state. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. right-click. deactivate it before modifying the port attributes.. bind the ADSL port to the corresponding profile. activating.7 Configuring the xDSL Access iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Context You can modify the attributes of a port when the port is in the activated. Ltd. select an ADSL port record. 7-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ----End Result Click the tabs to view the information about the ADSL port. 4 In the information list. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology.

4 In the information list. and the ATU-C is in the detection state. – If the ATU-R is offline (powered off). set the filter criteria or click to display the ADSL ports. right-click.. select an ADSL port to be activated. configure the port with a profile with the new parameters. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree.4 Configuring the PPPoE Service This topic describes how to log in to the Internet through the VDSL2 line in the PPPoE mode.2. Ltd. the port is activated. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. The following uses the PPPoE access mode of the VDSL2 technology as an example. Context l l l The ADSL port must be activated and then it can transmit the service. Before configuring new parameters to an activated port. the activating process is complete after the training is successful. The PPPoE Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 3 On the ADSL tab page.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 7 Configuring the xDSL Access Activating an ADSL Port The ADSL port can transmit the service in the normal state only when it is activated successfully. the connection set up during the activating process is interrupted. the training automatically initiates. When you activate a port: – If the ATU-R is online (powered on). and then activate the port. If the training is successful. 7-21 . When the ATU-R is powered on again. and then choose Activate. ----End 7. you need to deactivate the port. 2 Choose DSL > ADSL from the navigation tree.

it is used to encapsulate the PPP frame in the Ethernet frame.6. the IP packet is directly transmitted to the UA5000(IPMB) without any other encapsulation and change. The UA5000(IPMB) restricts the access rate of a user through either a traffic profile or a VDSL2 line profile. after being encapsulated by the Ethernet card on the user PC.4 Configuring a VDSL2 Alarm Profile. For details.3 Configuring a VDSL2 Line Profile and 2.2 Configuring the Upstream Port of a VLAN.7 Configuring the xDSL Access iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management access modes of the ADSL and G. such as authorization. it is used with the DSL services to provide standard PPP features. see Configuring an MEF IP Traffic Profile. Context l PPPoE stands for point-to-point protocol over Ethernet. and compression. For details.. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) .6. Prerequisite l l l The VLAN must be added and the upstream port of the VLAN must be configured. The difference lies only in the port types. The traffic profile of the MEF IP must be configured. As the network protocol.SHDSL technologies are the same as the PPPoE access mode of the VDSL2 technology. Ltd. encryption. Generally. The link profile and alarm profile of the VDSL2 are configured. the smaller value works. For details. 7-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see 2.1 Adding a VLAN and 2. When both are applied. l l Figure 7-5 shows the flowchart for configuring the PPPoE access service on the UA5000 (IPMB). For the PPPoE access. see 2.

. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. set the filter criteria or click Issue 03 (2010-11-19) to display the VDSL2 ports. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. 3 On the VDSL2 tab page. 2 Choose DSL > VDSL2 from the navigation tree. . 7-23 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 7 Configuring the xDSL Access Figure 7-5 Flowchart for configuring the PPPoE access service Start Add a VLAN and configure the upstream port for the VLAN Is a proper traffic profile available? Yes Is a proper line profile available? Yes Is a proper alarm profile available? Yes Configure the service virtual port No Configure a traffic profile No Configure a line profile No Configure an alarm profile Configure the attributes of the VDSL2 port Activate the VDSL2 port Save the data End Configuring a Service Port After being configured successfully. the VDSL2 port can carry service streams of various types.

7-24 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. If the port is in the activated or activating state. Ltd. activating. NOTE l The preset VLAN ID must be consistent with the value preset in 2. Downstream Traffic Name. modify the port attributes directly. right-click. select a VDSL2 port record. and then choose Add. VPI. 6 Click OK.. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . l Select only the MEF IP Traffic Profile that exists on the device. set Upstream Traffic Name. or deactivated state. deactivate it before modifying the port attributes. and Service Type. If the port is in the deactivated state. VLAN Choice. VCI. On the Service Port Info tab page in the lower pane. 5 In the dialog box that is displayed. ----End Configuring the Attributes of a VDSL2 Port This topic describes how to configure a line profile and an alarm profile of a VDSL2 port. Otherwise.2 Configuring the Upstream Port of a VLAN. These attributes can be used after the VDSL2 port is activated. Context You can modify the attributes of a port when the port is in the activated. the system reports an error.7 Configuring the xDSL Access iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 4 In the information list. Vlan ID.

you need to deactivate the port. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. 2 Choose DSL > VDSL2 from the navigation tree. 4 In the VDSL2 port list. and the ATU-C is in the detection state. and then activate the port. ----End Activating a VDSL2 Port A VDSL2 port transmits services in the normal state only after it is activated. 7-25 . the activating process is complete after the training is successful.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 7 Configuring the xDSL Access Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. bind the VDSL2 port to the corresponding profile. When the ATU-R is powered on Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 3 On the VDSL2 tab page. Before setting new parameters for an activated port. configure the port with a profile with the new parameters. set the filter criteria or click to display the VDSL2 ports. Ltd. Context l l l A VDSL2 port must be activated and then it can transmit services. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. 6 Click OK. – If the ATU-R is offline (powered off). the connection set up during the activating process is interrupted. 5 In the dialog box that is displayed. right-click a record and choose Configure Attributes from the shortcut menu.. When you activate a port: – If the ATU-R is online (powered on).

The PC is connected to the ADSL service port of the UA5000(IPMB) through the ADSL modem. After the configuration. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. Ltd. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. 3 On the VDSL2 tab page. the user packets are transmitted to the UA5000(IPMB) in the IPoA mode and then transmitted upstream to the upper layer network.7 Configuring the xDSL Access iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management again. the training automatically initiates. After transmitted through the modem. ----End 7. 4 In the VDSL2 list. the user can log in to the Internet through the ADSL line in the IPoA mode. the port is activated. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. The ADSL service cards are in the normal state. right-click a record and choose Activate from the shortcut menu. Prerequisite l l l The example network as shown in Figure 7-6 must be complete. set the filter criteria or click to display the VDSL2 ports. The network devices and lines must be in the normal state. Example Network Figure 7-6 shows an example network of the ADSL IPoA service. 2 Choose DSL > VDSL2 from the navigation tree. If the training is successful. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) .. 7-26 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.3 Configuration Example of the ADSL IPoA Access Service This topic describes how to configure the ADSL IPoA access service based on the example network.

. When both are applied.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 7 Configuring the xDSL Access Figure 7-6 Example network of the ADSL IPoA access service BRAS 0/2/0 C S R B UA5000 0/11 Modem I P M B …… Modem PC PC NOTE The UA5000(IPMB) restricts the access rate of a user through either a traffic profile or an ADSL line profile. the smaller value works. Remarks - Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Data Plan Table 7-1 Data plan for the ADSL service in IPoA mode Item Service card Data ADSL Port: 0/11/0-0/11/31 VPI: 0 VCI: 35 Service Type: Single VLAN ID: 20-51 VLAN Type: MUX VLAN VLAN Attribute: Common The VLAN must be consistent with the VLAN configured on the upper layer device. 7-27 . Ltd.

7 Configuring the xDSL Access iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Item Upstream port Data 0/2/0 Remarks The upstream port is also the subport of VLANs 20-51.Tx Rate: 32 kbit/s l ATU-C(Downstream) Interleaved Max. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . - MAC Address Pool Start MAC Address: 00-00-00-00-00-10 Address Range: 256 - 7-28 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The Tx service port and the Rx service port use the parameters in the traffic profile for rate restriction.dmt Line Type: Interleaved Adapt Mode in Downstream: Adaptation at Runtime Rate parameters: l ATU-C(Downstream) Interleaved Min. Line Profile Name: adsl_lineprofile ADSL Operating Mode: g. - IP Traffic Profile l Name: ip_profile l CAR: 2048 kbit/s l Accept the default values for the other parameters. Alarm Profile Name: adsl_alarmprofile l ATU-C(Downstream) 15-min Loss Thresh: 60s l ATU-C(Upstream) 15-min Loss Thresh: 60s l ATU-C(Downstream) 15-min ESs Thresh: 60s l ATU-C(Upstream) 15-min ESs Thresh: 60s Accept the default values for the other parameters.Tx Rate: 32 kbit/s l ATU-R(Upstream) Interleaved Min.Tx Rate: 512 kbit/s Accept the default values for the other parameters. Ltd..Tx Rate: 2048 kbit/s l ATU-R(Upstream) Interleaved Max.

10-10. 7. Right-click the list. IPoA default gateway IP Address: 10.1.1. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. 1. The destination IP address (Dst IP) in the extended attribute of the service port must be the same as this IP address.41 The source IP address (Src IP) in the extended attribute of the service port must be the same as this IP address. set the filter criteria or click 3.1. and then set the parameters as follows: l Start ID and End ID: 20 and 51 respectively l Type: MUX VLAN l Attribute: Common 5. Click Done. Click Next. Click the Sub Port tab.1.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 7 Configuring the xDSL Access Item IPoA encapsulation type Data llc_ip Remarks Before configuring the encapsulation type of the service port as IPoA. It indicates the IP address of the upper layer router. and then set Sub Port to 0/2/0. 6. In the Main Topology. On the VLAN tab page. configure the upstream port in the VLAN. and then choose Batch Add. 2 Configure the IP traffic profile. 4.1 Modem Working mode: IPoA IP Address: 10. Procedure 1 Add a VLAN and configure an upstream port to the VLAN. click the Base Info tab. Choose VLAN from the navigation tree.1..1. Ltd. you must enable the IPoA function. to display the VLANs. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. In the dialog box that is displayed. 2. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 7-29 .

In the dialog box that is displayed. set the IP traffic profile parameters Name to ip_profile and CAR to 2048kbit/s. Select the line profile. 6. Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > ADSL Profile from the main menu. select the required UA5000(IPMB). 2. Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. set the parameters of the ADSL alarm profile as follows: l Name: adsl_alarmprofile l ATU-C(Downstream) 15-min Loss Thresh: 60s l ATU-C(Upstream) 15-min Loss Thresh: 60s l ATU-C(Downstream) 15-min ESs Thresh: 60s l ATU-C(Upstream) 15-min ESs Thresh: 60s 5.Tx Rate: 512kbit/s 5. In the dialog box that is displayed. Click the ADSL Line Profile tab. Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. click Finish. 4. right-click. 1. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type dropdown list. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type dropdown list. 2. 3. Click the ADSL Alarm Profile tab.dmt l Line Type: Interleaved l Adapt Mode in Downstream: Adaptation at Runtime l ATU-C(Downstream)/ATU-R(Upstream) Interleaved Min. 4. and then choose Download to NE. In the dialog box that is displayed. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . Click the IP Traffic Profile tab. 3. Ltd. 2.7 Configuring the xDSL Access iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 1. Click OK. 5. In the dialog box that is displayed. select the required UA5000(IPMB). 4 Configure the ADSL alarm profile. In the dialog box that is displayed. 3 Configure the ADSL line profile. and then choose Download to NE. 3. Select the IP traffic profile. set the ADSL line profile parameters as follows: l Name: adsl_lineprofile l ADSL Operating Mode: G.Tx Rate: 2048kbit/s l ATU-R(Upstream) Interleaved Max. right-click. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > Traffic Profile from the main menu. 1. Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > ADSL Profile from the main menu. Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. Click Next to set the ADSL line profile advanced parameters and extended parameters.. 7-30 Click OK. and then click OK. 4. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type drop-down list. 6. and then click OK. 7.Tx Rate: 32kbit/s l ATU-C(Downstream) Interleaved Max.

Select the alarm profile. and then choose Download to NE. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. 3. right-click. On the tab page that is displayed. set the VLAN parameter as follows and make them consistent with the parameters when you add the VLAN. select Keep the upstream and downstream settings the same. In the information list. 5 Enable the protocol conversion function and configure the IPoA default gateway. set the parameters of the ADSL service port as follows: l In the Traffic Profile Info area. and then choose Add. select the required UA5000(IPMB). Click OK. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. set the filter criteria or click to display the ADSL ports. In the dialog box that is displayed. On the Service Port Info tab page in the lower pane. set the filter criteria or click to display the ADSL ports. 1. In the Main Topology. On the ADSL tab page. 1. In the right pane of the interface. Ltd. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. set IPoA Enable state as Open and set IP address of the default gateway to 10.1. 4. In the Main Topology. 2. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. right-click. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1. l In the User Side area. 5. 3. 2. 6. Choose DSL > ADSL from the navigation tree. 6 Configure a service port. 4. and then click OK. In the dialog box that is displayed. l In the Network Side area. select an ADSL port record. choose NE Properties > Encapsulation Management > IPoA from the navigation tree. On the ADSL tab page. right-click. Choose DSL > ADSL from the navigation tree. 2. 3. In the Main Topology.1. set the Service Type parameter to Single. Select a record from the ADSL port list. 1. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. – VLAN Choice: MUX VLAN – VLAN ID Start and VLAN ID End: 20 and 51 respectively l In the VPI/VCI Info area. and then set the Upstream Traffic Name and Downstream Traffic Name both to ip_profile. 7-31 Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . set the VPI/VCI parameters as follows: – VPI: 0 – VCI: 35 l In the Attributes area. 7 Configure the attributes of an ADSL port. 7..iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 7 Configuring the xDSL Access 6. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. and then choose Configure Attributes. set the Interface Selection to 0/11/0-0/11/31.

. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. set the filter criteria to display the required service virtual ports.1.1. and then set the Line Profile parameter to adsl_lineprofile and the Alarm Profile parameter to adsl_alarmprofile. In the Main Topology. ----End 7-32 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 1. 2. right-click and choose Add from the shortcut menu.1. set the Start MAC Address parameter to 00-00-00-00-00-10. set the filter criteria or click to display the ADSL ports. 2. 6. the Address Range parameter to 256 and the Type parameter to xpoa. In the Main Topology. In the Main Topology. 8 Activate an ADSL port. and then choose Activate.10 and the Destination IP Address parameter to 10. 4.7 Configuring the xDSL Access iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 5.1. bind the ADSL port with the corresponding profile.41 and the Destination IP Address parameter is 10. and then choose Save Data Immediately. In the dialog box that is displayed.1. set the Protocol Type parameter to llc_ip and the Source IP Address parameter to 10. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . 3. 9 Configure the MAC address pool. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree.1.1. Ltd. Click OK. 5.1. Choose NE Properties > MAC Address Pool from the navigation tree on the tab page that is displayed. On the ADSL tab page. 3. 3. In the dialog box that is displayed. rightclick. right-click. 4.1. Click Apply. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. 7. In the information list.11-10.1. 10 Configure the IPoA encapsulation type of the ADSL port. select UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. Select a record from the port list 0/11/0-0/11/31 to be configured. 11 Save the data. Choose DSL > ADSL from the navigation tree. right-click. Select a record that you need from the service port list. On the Service Port tab page. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. 6. In the Main Topology. and then configure the IPoA encapsulation type of port 0/11/1-0/11/31 according to the preceding operation: The Source IP Address parameter is 10. 1. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. Click OK. In the dialog box that is displayed. 1.1. 4. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. Choose Connection > Service Port from the navigation tree. 5. and then choose Configure Extended Properties. 2. Click OK.1. Click OK. 1. 2.

Network devices and lines must be in the normal state.. 7. this topic describes how to configure the VDSL2 PPPoE service and how to access the Internet in the PPPoE mode through the VDSL2 line after the configuration. The VDSL2 service card must be in the normal state. the user PC can pass the authentication and log in to the Internet in the IPoA mode. . The PC is connected to the VDSL2 service port of the UA5000(IPMB) through the VDSL2 modem.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 7 Configuring the xDSL Access Result After the configuration is complete. the user packets are sent to the UA5000(IPMB) in the PPPoE mode. Ltd. Figure 7-7 Example Network of the VDSL2 PPPoE Service BRAS 0/2/0 V D M B UA5000 0/11 Modem I P M B …… Modem PC Issue 03 (2010-11-19) PC 7-33 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.4 Configuration Example of the VDSL2 PPPoE Service Based on the example network. Example Network Figure 7-7 shows an example network of the VDSL2 PPPoE service. After being sent to the modem. and then sent upstream to the upper layer network through the upstream port of the control card. Prerequisite l l l The example network as shown in Figure 7-7 must be complete.

The upstream port is also the subport of VLANs 20-43. The Tx service port and the Rx service port use the parameters in the traffic profile for rate limitation. - - - 7-34 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Name: vdsl_lineprofile Accept the default values for the parameters. Remarks - Upstream port 0/2/0 IP Traffic Profile l Name: ip_profile l CAR: 2048 kbit/s l Use the default values for other parameters. Data Plan Table 7-2 Data plan for the VDSL2 PPPoE service Item Service card Data VDSL2 port: 0/11/0-0/11/23 VDSL2 port: 0/1/0-0/1/23 VPI: 0 VCI: 35 Service type: Single VLAN ID: 20-43 VLAN selection: MUX VLAN VLAN attribute: Common This VLAN must be the same as the VLAN configured on the upper layer device. Ltd. the smaller value works as the user bandwidth. The following example uses the traffic profile as an example to restrict the access rate of the user.. Name: vdsl_channelcfgprofile Accept the default values for the parameters.7 Configuring the xDSL Access iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management NOTE The UA5000(IPMB) can restrict the access rate of a user through either a traffic profile or a preset VDSL2 line profile by different means. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . Name: vdsl_linecfgprofile Accept the default values for the parameters. When both profiles are applied. Line Spectrum Configuration Profile Line Configuration Profile Channel1 Configuration Profile VDSL2 Line Profile Name: vdsl_linespectrumcfgprofile Accept the default values for the parameters.

Set Subport to 0/2/0. - Procedure 1 Add a VLAN and configure the upstream port of the VLAN. l Set Attribute to Common. click the Base Info tab to configure the VLAN parameters. On the VLAN tab page. 7-35 . Click OK. 1. Remarks - - - Modem Working mode: PPPoE Obtain the IP address automatically. Choose VLAN from the navigation tree. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 4. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. select the required UA5000(IPMB). In the Main Topology. Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > Traffic Profile from the main menu. In the dialog box that is displayed. Name: vdsl_alarmprofile Accept the default values for the parameters. 2 Configure the IP traffic profile. Set the values of the parameters as follows: l Set Start ID and End ID to 20 and 43 respectively. and then choose Download to NE. 5. set the IP traffic profile parameters Name to ip_profile and CAR to 2048kbit/s. 5. 2. In the dialog box that is displayed. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. to display the VLANs. Name: vdsl_channelalarmprofile Accept the default values for the parameters. and then choose Batch Add. Select the IP traffic profile. l Set Type to MUX VLAN. 3 Configure the VDSL2 line profile. right-click. Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type dropdown list. Right-click the list. 4. 6. 6. 3. Click the Sub Port tab to configure the upstream port of the VLAN. In the dialog box that is displayed. Ltd. Click OK.. set the filter criteria or click 3. 1. and then click OK. Click the IP Traffic Profile tab.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 7 Configuring the xDSL Access Item Line Alarm Configuration Profile Channel1 Alarm Configuration Profile VDSL2 Alarm Profile Data Name: vdsl_linealarmprofile Accept the default values for the parameters. 2.

Click the Line Template tab. 8. 18. Click the Line Spectrum Configuration Profile tab. 10. 3. In the dialog box that is displayed.. In the dialog box that is displayed. and then choose Download to NE. 7-36 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. select the required UA5000(IPMB). Click the Channel Configuration Profile tab. Click OK. Ltd. In the dialog box that is displayed. Select the line profile. set the parameters of the VDSL2 line spectrum configuration profile as follows: l Name: vdsl_linespectrumcfgprofile l Accept the default values for the other parameters. 19. set the parameters of the VDSL2 line profile as follows: l Name: vdsl_lineprofile l Line Configuration Profile: vdsl_linecfgprofile l Channel1 Configuration Profile: vdsl_channelcfgprofile l Accept the default values for the other parameters. 13. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type drop-down list. 16.7 Configuring the xDSL Access iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 1. 17. Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type drop-down list. 9. Click OK. select the required UA5000(IPMB). 4. 11. Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. 14. 22. Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. right-click. Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. and then choose Download to NE. set the parameters of the VDSL2 line configuration profile as follows: l Name: vdsl_linecfgprofile l Accept the default values for the other parameters. Select the VDSL2 line configuration profile. and then choose Download to NE. 6. In the dialog box that is displayed. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . 12. 21. Click OK. Click the Line Configuration Profile tab. 7. 5. Click OK. and then click OK. In the dialog box that is displayed. set the parameters of the VDSL2 channel configuration profile as follows: l Name: vdsl_channelcfgprofile l Accept the default values for the other parameters. Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > VDSL2 Profile from the main menu. and then click OK. 2. right-click. Select the VDSL2 channel configuration profile. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type drop-down list. 15. In the dialog box that is displayed. 20. right-click.

9. Click OK. select the required UA5000(IPMB). 15. Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. select the required UA5000(IPMB).. 11. 13. In the dialog box that is displayed. 7. 6. In the dialog box that is displayed. In the dialog box that is displayed. Select the VDSL2 channel alarm configuration profile. and then click OK.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 7 Configuring the xDSL Access 23. Click OK. 19. and then choose Download to NE. Click the VDSL2 Alarm Profile. set the parameters of the VDSL2 line alarm configuration profile as follows: l Name: vdsl_linealarmprofile l Accept the default values for the other parameters. 4. and then choose Download to NE. 10. 12. and then click OK. Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. right-click. Click the Channel Alarm Configuration Profile tab. 17. 14. set the parameters of the VDSL2 alarm profile as follows: l Name: vdsl_alarmprofile l Line Alarm Configuration Profile: vdsl_linealarmprofile l Channel1 Alarm Configuration Profile: vdsl_channelalarmprofile l Accept the default values for the other parameters. Select the VDSL2 line alarm configuration profile. 5. In the dialog box that is displayed. In the dialog box that is displayed. set the parameters of the VDSL2 channel alarm configuration profile as follows: l Name: vdsl_channelalarmprofile l Accept the default values for the other parameters. and then choose Download to NE. 5 Configure the service port. and then click OK. 18. Select the VDSL2 alarm profile. 8. 4 Configure the VDSL2 alarm profile. 2. and then click OK. select the required UA5000(IPMB). right-click. 1. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. 20. Click the Line Alarm Configuration Profile tab. Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > VDSL2 Profile from the main menu. 16. Click OK. In the dialog box that is displayed. 7-37 . 3. In the dialog box that is displayed. right-click. select the required UA5000(IPMB). Ltd. Click the Alarm Template tab.

– Set VLAN Choice to MUX VLAN. bind the VDSL2 port to the corresponding profile. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and set Line Template to vdsl2_lineprofile and Alarm Template to vdsl_alarmprofile. In the list. – Set VLAN ID Start and VLAN ID End to 20 and 43 respectively. 3. Set the values of the parameters as follows: l In Attributes. 2. 2. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. On the Service Port Info tab page in the lower pane. l In the Traffic Profile Info area. and then set the Upstream Traffic Name and Downstream Traffic Name both to ip_profile. set Connection Type to LAN-VDSL2. 7 Activate the VDSL2 port. 7-38 . 6 Configure the attributes of the VDSL2 port.7 Configuring the xDSL Access iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 1. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. Right-click. Set the values of the parameters as follows: – Set VPI to 0.. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. set Service Type to Single. In the information list. 6. In the Main Topology. In the Main Topology. set the parameters of the VPI/VCI. 6. set the VLAN parameters. set the filter criteria or click to display the VDSL2 ports. 5. l In Attributes. right-click. Ltd. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. 3. 1. select a VDSL2 port record. 5. Set the parameters of the VDSL2 port in the dialog box that is displayed. On the VDSL2 tab page. l In VPI/VCI Info. and then choose Add. On the VDSL2 tab page. and then choose Configure Attributes. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. Click OK. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. l In Network Side. l In User Side. In the dialog box that is displayed. Click OK. right-click. 4. choose ports 0/11/0-0/11/23 to be activated. 1. set the filter criteria or click to display the VDSL2 ports. In the Main Topology. set the filter criteria or click to display the VDSL2 ports. – Set VCI to 35. Choose DSL > VDSL2 from the navigation tree. 4. and then choose Activate. select Keep the upstream and downstream settings the same. 3. On the VDSL2 tab page. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) 2. Choose DSL > VDSL2 from the navigation tree. Select a VDSL2 port from the list. The parameters must be the same as the parameters that are set in step 1. 4. set Interface Selection to 0/11/0-0/11/23. Choose DSL > VDSL2 from the navigation tree.

rightclick.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 7 Configuring the xDSL Access 8 Save the data. In the Main Topology. 1. Click OK. select UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. ----End Result After the configuration is complete. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 7-39 . 2. and then choose Save Data Immediately. the PC of the user can pass the authentication and can access the Internet in the PPPoE mode.. Ltd.

.

Figure 8-1 shows the flowchart for configuring multicast services. The xDSL access mode must be configured. The controlled multicast technology allows carriers to manage and control multicast users on the network equipment. For details. see 2. The UA5000(IPMB) uses the multicast technology to provide IPTV services for carriers. see 7.2 Configuring the Upstream Port of a VLAN. see 2. The required VLAN must be added. For details. 8-1 . multicast services are operable and manageable. The VLAN must be configured with an upstream port. Context The principles and configurations of multicast services in different xDSL access modes are similar. For details.2 Configuring the xDSL Access Services. The system parameter profile must be configured with multicast system parameters.8.5 Configuring the Multicast Parameters.1 Adding a VLAN. For details. Ltd. see 2. and to provision broadband video services according to the requirements. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this case..iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 8 Configuring Multicast Services 8 About This Chapter Prerequisite l l l l Configuring Multicast Services Multicast is a point-to-multipoint communication mode in which the source transmits messages to a subset of nodes on the network. except for the access mode and parameter settings.

Issue 03 (2010-11-19) .. Ltd.8 Configuring Multicast Services iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Figure 8-1 Flowchart for configuring multicast services Start Add a VLAN and configure the Uplink Port Configure Multicast Uplink Port Configure xDSL Access Configure IGMP system Parameters Configure Preview Profile (optional) Deliever the Preview Profile to the device (optional) Configure Programe Profile Deliever the Programe Profile to the device Configure Right Profile Deliever the Right Profile to the device Configure Multicast User Save the data End 8-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

8.2 Configuring the Multicast Upstream Port To provide demand services when the upstream port is not working in the MSTP mode. 3. 8. 4. you need to configure a multicast upstream port to transmit and receive the multicast packets (including the protocol packets and data packets).4 Applying a Rights Profile to a Device This topic describes how to apply a configured rights profile to a device and make the rights profile take effect on the device.3 Applying a Program Profile to a Device This topic describes how to apply a configured program profile to a device and make the program profile take effect on the device. 8-3 . 8.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 8 Configuring Multicast Services 1.. After the multicast upstream port is added. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 8. 2. Ltd. Only multicast users can watch multicast programs.5 Configuring a Multicast User This topic describes how to add a multicast user. the multicast packets are transmitted and received through this port.

and then click Assigned Bandwidth. configure the shelf. Ltd. It provides the controlled multicast function to control the multicast programs that multicast users can join in. preview duration.1 Introduction to the Multicast Service As the streaming media such as multimedia videos and data warehouses are emerging in the IP network. slot. The multicast technology is used in the point-to-multipoint data transmission applications. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. video multicasting (such as Web TV). and preview interval are configurable. and Internet data center (IDC). 8-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The rights are classified into three types: watchable. and IGMP snooping.2 Configuring the Multicast Upstream Port To provide demand services when the upstream port is not working in the MSTP mode. After the multicast upstream port is added. 3 Click Find to display the required multicast upstream port records according to the filter criteria that you specify. It supports the IGMP V2/V3. It supports the program preview function. l l l l l It supports up to 1024 multicast programs. and forbidden. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. Prerequisite The Uplink port mode parameter cannot be configured with RSTP. 5 In the dialog box that is displayed. Users can preview a program for a specific period. Context The UA5000(IPMB) provides the operable and manageable multicast service. see Setting IGMP Parameters. the multicast applications become more and more popular. distance learning. video conferencing. 4 In the information list. 8. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. The rights profile mode satisfies the carriers' different requirements for multicast services. such as the streaming media. you need to configure a multicast upstream port to transmit and receive the multicast packets (including the protocol packets and data packets). It supports the rights profile mode.8 Configuring Multicast Services iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 8. For details. The preview times. 2 Choose Multicast > Uplink Port from the navigation tree. and port of the upstream port. online games. the multicast packets are transmitted and received through this port. right-click and choose Add from the shortcut menu. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . It supports the audience statistics function. IGMP proxy.. A multicast user can join up to eight multicast programs at the same time. previewable.

iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 8 Configuring Multicast Services 6 Click OK. set the Up Port and VLAN ID. see 2.1 Adding a VLAN. and then click Finish.7. For details. 6 In the dialog box that is displayed.1 Configuring a Program Profile.3 Applying a Program Profile to a Device This topic describes how to apply a configured program profile to a device and make the program profile take effect on the device. select the required devices in the left pane. ----End 8.. 5 In the Delivering Program Profile dialog box. see 2. 4 Select the required profile. For details. right-click. and then click Next. 8-5 . ----End Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and then choose Download to NE. Prerequisite The multicast program profile must be configured. 3 Click Filter to display the required program profiles according to the filter criteria that you specify. Procedure 1 Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > IGMP Profile from the main menu. Ltd. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type drop-down list. set the task attributes in the right pane. 2 Click the Program Profile tab. The VLAN must be configured.

For details. Procedure 1 Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > IGMP Profile from the main menu. The VLAN must be configured. Prerequisite The multicast rights profile must be configured. see 2. Only multicast users can watch multicast programs. A nonauthentication user can watch all the programs configured on the device. see 2. set the task attributes in the right pane. 8-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.2 Configuring a Rights Profile.8 Configuring Multicast Services iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 8.1 Adding a VLAN. set the Up Port and VLAN ID. Context l l When adding a multicast user. and then click Next. NOTE If the selected program profile has been applied to an NE..7. 5 In the Delivering Right Profile dialog box. For details.4 Applying a Rights Profile to a Device This topic describes how to apply a configured rights profile to a device and make the rights profile take effect on the device. and then choose Download to NE. 4 Select the required profile. right-click. Prerequisite The corresponding service virtual port must exist. 2 Click the Right Profile tab.5 Configuring a Multicast User This topic describes how to add a multicast user. ----End 8. 3 Click Filter to display the required rights profiles according to the filter criteria that you specify. select the required devices in the left pane. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . see Configuring a Service Port. Ltd. You need not configure the rights for a non-authentication user. you must specify a service virtual port. and then click Finish. you need not select an upstream port and enter a VLAN ID. 6 In the dialog box that is displayed. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type drop-down list. For details on how to configure the service virtual port in the xDSL access mode. An authentication user must be bound to a rights profile to obtain relevant rights.

Ltd. set the filter criteria to display the required multicast users. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. NOTE After selecting Enable Authorization. and then choose Add. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. 2 Choose Multicast > Multicast User from the navigation tree.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 8 Configuring Multicast Services Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. 8-7 . 4 On the Multicast User interface. right-click. 6 Click Finish. set the parameters. 3 On the Multicast User tab page.. 5 In the dialog box that is displayed. In the dialog box that is displayed. ----End Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. configure the rights profile that is applied to the multicast user. click Next.

.

which can be used to subtend devices.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 9 Configuring the Multicast Services of Subtending Devices 9 Prerequisite l l Configuring the Multicast Services of Subtending Devices About This Chapter The UA5000(IPMB) provides various types of Ethernet ports. Context Figure 9-1 shows the flowchart for configuring the multicast service of the upper-layer subtending device (Device A). 9-1 . Ltd. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The service card must be in the normal state. This topic describes how to configure multicast services when the UA5000(IPMB) is in a subtending network.. The multicast source must exist in the network.

9-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..9 Configuring the Multicast Services of Subtending Devices iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Figure 9-1 Flowchart for configuring the multicast service of the subtending device (Device A) Start Add a Standard VLAN Configure Uplink Port of the VLAN Configure Multicast Cascade Port Save the data End Figure 9-2 shows the flowchart for configuring the multicast service of the lower-layer subtending device (Device B). Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . Ltd.

iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 9 Configuring the Multicast Services of Subtending Devices Figure 9-2 Flowchart for configuring the multicast service of the subtending device (Device B) Start Add a VLAN and configure the Uplink Port Configure Multicast Uplink Port Configure xDSL Access Configure IGMP system Parameters Configure Preview Profile (optional) Deliever the Preview Profile to the device (optional) Configure Programe Profile Deliever the Programe Profile to the device Configure Right Profile Deliever the Right Profile to the device Configure Multicast User Save the data End Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. 9-3 . Ltd.

9.9 Configuring the Multicast Services of Subtending Devices iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 9.2 Configuration Example of the Multicast Services of Subtend Devices This topic provides an example for configuring the multicast services of subtend devices. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . 9-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. These ports are used to subtend other devices and implement multicast service access..1 Introduction to the Multicast Services of Subtend Devices The UA5000(IPMB) provides various types of Ethernet ports.

iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 9 Configuring the Multicast Services of Subtending Devices 9. Example Network Figure 9-3 shows the example network in which the multicast service of the subtend UA5000 (IPMB) is configured. The principles and configurations of the multicast services of subtend devices in the different xDSL access modes are similar. reduces the number of local convergence devices. The subtend networking saves the upstream link resources of the access points. Subtend networks can extend the network coverage and support a large number of users.. 9-5 . Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. and simplifies the complex networking.1 Introduction to the Multicast Services of Subtend Devices The UA5000(IPMB) provides various types of Ethernet ports. the access devices are directly interconnected to each other through the FE or GE ports. These ports are used to subtend other devices and implement multicast service access. 9. Prerequisite l l The networking as shown in Figure 9-3 must be completed. The multicast source must exist in the network. except for the access mode and parameter configuration. This topic considers the ADSL access mode as an example. Context In a subtend network. Subtend networks make networking more flexible by using the UA5000(IPMB) products. The devices on the network must work in the normal state.2 Configuration Example of the Multicast Services of Subtend Devices This topic provides an example for configuring the multicast services of subtend devices.

9 Configuring the Multicast Services of Subtending Devices iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Figure 9-3 Example network of the multicast service of subtend device Router Multicast Source 0/2/0 I P M B 0/2/1 0/2/0 I P M B C S R I 0/11 Modem C S R I Device A Device B Modem STB STB Data Plan Table 9-1 provides the data plan.. Table 9-1 Data plan for the multicast service in subtend mode Data Device A Remarks 9-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . Ltd.

10 l Accept the default values for other parameters. l Default video VPI/VCI: 0/35 l Upstream port mode: Default l NTV mode: IGMP_proxy l Rights profile mode: Profile l Accept the default values for other parameters. Ltd.1.1.254 Remarks - VLAN ID: 30 VLAN type: Standard VLAN - Upstream port Upstream port: 0/2/0 and 0/2/1 The upstream ports are also the subports of the standard VLAN 30.4 l Source IP address of the programs: 10. - Subtend port Program profile 0/2/1 The multicast server provides three programs.10. These are the traffic profiles of the transmit and receive ends of the service virtual port.0. and BTV-3 l Range of multicast addresses: 224.2-224. BTV-2.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 9 Configuring the Multicast Services of Subtending Devices Data IP address of the upper layer multicast router VLAN 10..0.0.10. Device B ADSL access mode IP traffic profile Service port: 0/11/0 and 0/11/1 l Name: ip_profile l Priority: 0 l Priority policy: PVC-Setting l CAR: 8 (access rate = 8 x 64 = 512 kbit/ s) VLAN VLAN ID: 30 VLAN type: Standard VLAN Multicast upstream port IGMP global parameter Upstream port: 0/2/0 The VLAN ID is the same as the VLAN ID of device A. Three programs use the default preview profile of the system. l Name of the program profiles: BTV-1.0. The upstream ports are also the subports of the Standard VLAN 30. 9-7 . Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

do as follows. Add a VLAN and configure the upstream port of the VLAN. right-click and choose Add from the shortcut menu. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . 9-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. 1. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. The rights profile is profile1.10. Three programs use the default preview profile of the system. (6) In the Sub Port tab.10 l Accept the default values for other parameters.4 l Source IP address of the programs: 10. Rights profile Name: profile1 Available programs: BTV-1 and BTV-2 Multicast user Use A: l Port: 0/11/0 l The use who requires no authentication.0.1.0. BTV-2.1. set the parameters. (4) In the dialog box that is displayed. (1) In the Main Topology. l Maximum number of available programs: 6 Use B: l Port: 0/11/1 l The user who requires authentication. select 0/2/0 and 0/2/1 as the upstream port(s). l Name of the program profiles: BTV-1.. (3) In the information list. l Maximum number of available programs: 2 Remarks - - - Procedure l To configure the multicast service of the subtend device A. Ltd.10. (2) Choose VLAN from the navigation tree.2-224. – VLAN ID: 30 – Type: Standard VLAN – Attribute: Common (5) Click Next. and BTV-3 l Range of multicast addresses: 224.9 Configuring the Multicast Services of Subtending Devices iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Data Program profile The multicast server provides three programs.

iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management

9 Configuring the Multicast Services of Subtending Devices

(7) Click Done. 2. Configure the multicast upstream port. (1) Choose Multicast > Uplink Port from the navigation tree. (2) In the information list, right-click and choose Add from the shortcut menu. (3) In the dialog box that is displayed, select the device name. Set the upstream port to 0/2/0 and percentage of allocated bandwidth to 100%. (4) Click OK. 3. Configure the multicast program profile. Set the parameters as follows: – Name of the program profiles: BTV-1, BTV-2, and BTV-3 – Range of multicast addresses: 224.0.1.2-224.0.1.4 – Source IP address of the programs: 10.10.10.10 – Accept the default values for other parameters. 4. Apply a program profile to a device. Set the parameters as follows: – Up Port: 0/2/0 – VLAN ID: 30 5. Configure the multicast subtend ports. (1) Choose Multicast > Cascading Port from the navigation tree. (2) In the information list, right-click and choose Add from the shortcut menu. (3) In the dialog box that is displayed, set the subtend port to 0/2/1. (4) Click OK. l To configure the multicast service of the subtend device B, do as follows. 1. Add a VLAN and configure the upstream port of the VLAN. (1) In the Main Topology, double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree; or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. (2) Choose VLAN from the navigation tree. (3) In the information list, right-click and choose Add from the shortcut menu. (4) In the dialog box that is displayed, set the parameters. – VLAN ID: 30 – Type: Standard VLAN – Attribute: Common (5) Click Next. (6) In the Sub Port tab, select 0/2/0 and 0/2/1 as the upstream port(s). (7) Click Done. 2. Configure the multicast upstream port. (1) Choose Multicast > Uplink Port from the navigation tree. (2) In the information list, right-click and choose Add from the shortcut menu. (3) In the dialog box that is displayed, select the device name. Set the upstream port to 0/2/0 and percentage of allocated bandwidth to 100%. (4) Click OK.
Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 9-9

9 Configuring the Multicast Services of Subtending Devices

iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management

3.

Add a traffic profile. (1) Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > Traffic Profile from the main menu. (2) Click the IP Traffic Profile tab, and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type drop-down list. (3) Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. (4) In the dialog box that is displayed, set the parameters as follows: – Traffic profile name: ip_profile – Priority: 0 – Priority policy: PVC-Setting – CAR: 512 Kbps – Accept the default values for other parameters. (5) Click OK.

4.

Configure the service virtual port. (1) Choose Connection > Service Port from the navigation tree. (2) Right-click the list, and then choose Add. (3) In the dialog box that is displayed, set the parameters of the service virtual port as follows: – Connection Type: ADSL – Traffic profile of the transmit/receive end: ip_profile – VLAN information: – VLAN Choice: Standard VLAN – VLAN ID: 30 – Port information: 0/11/0 and 0/11/1 – VPI/VCI: 0/35

5.

2.8.5 Configuring the Multicast Parameters and 2.8.7 Adding the System Parameter Profile to a Device. Set the parameters as follows: – Default VPI for VOD: 0 – Default VCI for VOD: 35 – NTV mode: IGMP_proxy – Uplink port mode: Default – Right profile mode: Profile based mode – Accept the default values for other parameters.

6.

Configure the multicast program profile. Set the parameters as follows: – Name of the program profiles: BTV-1, BTV-2, and BTV-3 – Range of multicast addresses: 224.0.1.2-224.0.1.4 – Source IP address of the programs: 10.10.10.10 – Accept the default values for other parameters.

7.

Apply a program profile to a device. Set the parameters as follows: – Up Port: 0/2/0 – VLAN ID: 30

9-10

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2010-11-19)

iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management

9 Configuring the Multicast Services of Subtending Devices

8.

Configure the rights profile. Set the parameters as follows: – Name: profile1 – Available programs: BTV-1 and BTV-2

9.

Apply a rights profile to a device. Set the parameters as follows: – Up Port: 0/2/0 – VLAN ID: 30

10. Configure multicast users. Set the parameters as follows: – Use A: – Port: 0/11/0 – The use who requires no authentication. – Maximum number of available programs: 6 – User B: – Port: 0/11/1 – The user who requires authentication. The rights profile is profile1. – Maximum number of available programs: 2 l Save the data. ----End

Result
User A of device B is a non-authentication user who can watch all programs. User B is an authentication user who can only watch programs BTV-1 and BTV-2.

Issue 03 (2010-11-19)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-11

iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management

10 Configuring the Triple Play Service

10
Context

Configuring the Triple Play Service

About This Chapter
By the powerful service processing capability, the UA5000(IPMB) provides users with the voice service, data service, and video service at the same time, that is, the triple play service. In addition, the quality of service (QoS) is guaranteed.

Figure 10-1 shows the flowchart for configuring the triple play service.

Issue 03 (2010-11-19)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-1

Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . Ltd..10 Configuring the Triple Play Service iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Figure 10-1 Flowchart for configuring the triple play service-ADSL access Start Configure the traffic profile Configure the VLAN Configure the program profile Configure the rights profile Configure the ADSL line profile Configure the ADSL alarm profile Configure the system parameter profile Configure the xDSL access VoIP service Configure the service virtual port IPTV service Configure the service virtual port Internet service Configure the service virtual port Configure the multicast upstream port Deliver the program profile to the device Deliver the rights profile to the device Configure the multicast user Save the data End 10-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

the upstream port must be configured so that the three types of services are transmitted upstream through different VLANs.2 Configuration Example of the Triple Play Service . Currently. On the network side. and IPTV service are supported. 10. VoIP service. IPTV. the VoIP. At least three service virtual ports must be configured for each xDSL port. On the user side. Ltd. the high-speed Internet access service.xDSL Access This topic provides an example for configuring the triple play service. and Internet services are accessed through different service virtual ports. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 10 Configuring the Triple Play Service 10.. 10-3 .1 Introduction to the Triple Play Service The triple play service provides subscribers with various service access methods concurrently over one subscriber line.

Therefore. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . 10-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. as shown in Table 10-1. l Internet service: Most users of the high-speed Internet service often browse the websites. the high-speed Internet access service. the VoIP service has the highest priority among the three types of services. If the bit error rate or the packet loss ratio is too high. thus affecting the voice quality. but higher than that of the high-speed Internet service. the priority of the IPTV service is lower than that of the VoIP service. the high-speed Internet service has the lowest priority. among the three types of services. For the xDSL access. Context The major concerns of the triple play service are how to process various services on one service port based on the priorities. Different PVCs are used to differentiate the service flow. l IPTV service: The IPTV service uses high bandwidth and has high requirements on the bit error rate and the packet loss ratio. Each service has one VLAN. l VoIP service: The VoIP service uses low bandwidth and has high requirements on the delay. three VLANs are used on the upstream port of the UA5000(IPMB). If the delay is long. Table 10-1 Triple play implementation . Therefore. two methods can be used to implement the triple play service. only two VLANs are needed for upstream transmission. the problems such as echo may exist. Ltd. because the system supports the retransmission mechanism to ensure the transmission reliability. and IPTV service are supported.xDSL access Implementation Mode Multi-PVC multiservice mode Difference Multiple PVCs are set up between the UA5000(IPMB) and each xDSL terminal to bear various services.1 Introduction to the Triple Play Service The triple play service provides subscribers with various service access methods concurrently over one subscriber line. so the service has low requirements on the real-time feature.10 Configuring the Triple Play Service iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 10.. and how to lessen the interaction among the services to the utmost extent. which results in the mosaic of the picture or even the screen mess. Therefore. In addition. Currently. For convenient management of the three types of services on one port. The following considers the multi-PVC multi-service mode as an example. VoIP service. the requirement on the packet loss ratio is not as high as that of the IPTV service. among the three types of services. NOTE If the services are differentiated by the Ethernet type (IPoE/PPPoE). the video frames are lost.

10-5 . l The Ethernet type (IPoE/PPPoE) is used to differentiate the services. Ltd. IPTV.. Context Figure 10-2 shows an example network of the triple play service. l The combination of the 802. and Internet services are accessed through different service virtual ports. At least three service virtual ports must be configured for each xDSL port. l The combination of the Ethernet type (IPoE/PPPoE) with the VLAN ID is used to differentiate the services. On the user side.2 Configuration Example of the Triple Play Service xDSL Access This topic provides an example for configuring the triple play service.1p value (Ethernet packet) with the VLAN ID is used to differentiate the services. l The VLAN ID from the xDSL terminal is used to differentiate the services.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 10 Configuring the Triple Play Service Implementation Mode Single-PVC multiservice mode Difference Only one PVC is set up between the UA5000(IPMB) and each xDSL terminal to bear various services. the VoIP. the upstream port must be configured so that the three types of services are transmitted upstream through different VLANs. l The 802. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. On the network side.1p value from the xDSL terminal is used to differentiate the services. 10.

.10 Configuring the Triple Play Service iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Figure 10-2 Example network of the triple play service Multicast source OSS & RADIUS Server/RADIUS Proxy NMS IPTV DHCP Server TG BRAS LSW Router VoIP DHCP Server I P M B I P M B C S R I UA5000 Modem Home gateway 1 DHCP PPPoE DHCP STB DHCP Modem Home gateway 2 PPPoE DHCP STB Ephone PC TV Ephone PC TV 10-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . Ltd.

l l The UA5000(IPMB) transmits the VoIP service to the next generation network (NGN) or to the public switched telephone network (PSTN) through the TG. the UA5000(IPMB) transparently transmits the video service stream to the user terminal. l The video service stream is sent from the multicast server. l On the user side. Then. that is. converts the media.. The service data is transmitted upstream to the IP network after processed by the BRAS. The IPTV service provides users with video services. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. one user terminal provides various service access modes at the same time. Alarm profile l Name: alarm_profile l Accept the default values for the other parameters. l The IGMP proxy control packets are transmitted upstream to the video server through the UA5000(IPMB). program sources. Table 10-2 provides the data plan for the triple play service. the set top box (STB) terminates the video signals.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management NOTE 10 Configuring the Triple Play Service In the triple play network. In this way. l The UA5000(IPMB) accesses the Internet service. the management of the multicast users and programs is implemented. 10-7 . and controls program switching. Ltd. Table 10-2 Data plan for the triple play service Item Upstream port Service card Data 0/2/0 l Port: 0/11/0 l VoIP service: VPI/VCI = 0/35 l IPTV service: VPI/VCI = 0/36 l Internet service: VPI/VCI = 0/37 ADSL profiles Line profile l Name: adsl_lineprofile l Accept the default values for the other parameters.

1.1 l Source IP address of the program: IP address of the ISP1 (10.10) Rights profile l Name: profile1 l The user with the rights can watch BTV-1 in the program library. Internet service l Name: profile_internet l CAR: 2048 kbit/s l Priority: 1 l Accept the default values for the other parameters.10 Configuring the Triple Play Service iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Item IP traffic profile Data VoIP service l Name: profile_voip l CAR: 2048 kbit/s l Priority: 6 l Accept the default values for the other parameters. 10-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. l Name: BTV-1 l IP address: 224. VLAN VoIP service l VLAN type: Smart VLAN l VLAN ID: 11 IPTV service l VLAN type: Smart VLAN l VLAN ID: 12 Internet service l VLAN type: Smart VLAN l VLAN ID: 13 System parameter profile Program profile l Name: systemprofile l The profile is already bound to the device.10.10. IPTV service l Name: profile_iptv l CAR: 2048 kbit/s l Priority: 5 l Accept the default values for the other parameters.. Multicast user l Port: 0/11/0 l Name: IGMPUserA l Accept the default values for the other parameters.1. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) .

In the dialog box that is displayed. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. (3) In the dialog box that is displayed. 10-9 . (1) Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > Traffic Profile from the main menu. In the dialog box that is displayed. and then choose Download to NE. – Name: BTV-1 – Begin IP Address: 224.1.1 – Source IP Address: 10.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 10 Configuring the Triple Play Service Procedure l Pre-configure the parameters for service provisioning. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type drop-down list. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type drop-down list. (3) Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. Set IP traffic profile. (6) Click OK. 3..10. Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type drop-down list.1.10. (1) Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > IGMP Profile from the main menu.1. 1. set the parameters.1.10 (4) Click OK. VoIP service – Name: profile_voip – CAR: 2048 kbit/s – Priority: 6 IPTV service – Name: profile_iptv – CAR: 2048 kbit/s – Priority: 5 Internet service – Name: profile_internet – CAR: 2048 kbit/s – Priority: 1 (4) Click OK. (2) Click the Program Profile tab. (2) Click the IP Traffic Profile tab. right-click. (5) Select the traffic profile. set the parameters.1 – End IP Address: 224. Ltd. (2) Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. 2. Add a program profile. set the parameters. (1) Click the Right Profile tab. Add a rights profile.

select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type drop-down list.. (4) In the dialog box that is displayed. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type drop-down list. Configure an ADSL line profile. 6. NOTE Set the name of the system parameter profile to systemprofile. right-click. and then click OK. Configure an ADSL alarm profile. (1) Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > System Parameter Profile from the main menu. (6) Select the line profile. (3) Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. and then click OK. enter the name of the system parameter profile. set the parameters. Ltd. (1) Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > ADSL Profile from the main menu.10 Configuring the Triple Play Service iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management – Name: profile1 – Program list: BTV-1 – Accept the default values for the other parameters. (3) Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. (2) On the System Parameter Profile tab page. – Name: alarm_profile – Accept the default values for the other parameters. (2) Click the ADSL Alarm Profile tab. (6) Select the alarm profile. and then choose Download to NE. (4) In the dialog box that is displayed. 10-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and then click Next. (2) Click the ADSL Line Profile tab. Configure a system parameter profile. (5) Click OK. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type drop-down list. click to add the parameters to the Selected Parameters navigation tree. – Name: adsl_lineprofile – Accept the default values for the other parameters. Choose all parameters from the Parameters for Selection navigation tree. right-click. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . (3) Right-click and choose Add Global Profile from the shortcut menu. (1) Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > ADSL Profile from the main menu. 5. (7) In the dialog box that is displayed. and then choose Download to NE. 4. select the required device. (5) Click Finish. (4) In the dialog box that is displayed. (7) In the dialog box that is displayed. select the required device. set the parameters. (3) Click OK.

(5) Click Finish. (2) Choose DSL > ADSL from the navigation tree. l Configure the VoIP service. 7. 1. 1. On the ADSL tag page. – Traffic profile name: profile_voip Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. (1) Choose Connection > Service Port from the navigation tree.) – Type: Smart VLAN On the Sub Port tab page of the Configure VLAN interface. (1) In the Main Topology. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. l Configure the ADSL access. set the parameters as follows. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. 10-11 . Configure a VLAN. (2) On the Service Port tab page. select ADSL port 0/11/0. and then choose Download to NE. right-click. set the parameters. right-click.. (6) Select the system parameter profile whose name is systemprofile. add 0/2/0 as the upstream port of the VLAN. Configure a service virtual port. (4) In the dialog box that is displayed. (3) On the VLAN tab page. select a device name. (3) In the dialog box that is displayed. right-click. Ltd. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. NOTE In the dialog box that is displayed. (2) Choose VLAN from the navigation tree. set the parameters. and then choose Add. right-click. (8) Click OK. set the parameters.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 10 Configuring the Triple Play Service (5) Click Finish. Bind an ADSL port with the related profile. – Line Profile: adsl_lineprofile – Alarm Profile: alarm_profile (5) Click OK. On the Base Info interface. and then choose Add. select ADSL port 0/11/0. right-click. select the Show window of task manager after finished check box. (4) In the dialog box that is displayed. and then choose Configure. and click OK to display the scheduling center interface. (1) In the Main Topology. Activate an ADSL port. (7) In the dialog box that is displayed. (3) On the ADSL tag page. and then choose Activate. – VLAN ID: 11 (Add VLAN IDs 12 and 13 in turn.

see the steps of configuring a service virtual port when configuring the VoIP service. In the dialog box that is displayed. set the task attributes in the right pane. set VLAN ID to 12. (4) In the dialog box that is displayed. For details. rightclick. set VLAN ID to 12. (3) Select the rights profile whose Name is profile1 from the list. (1) Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > IGMP Profile from the main menu. (4) In the dialog box that is displayed. (5) Click OK. 3. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type drop-down list. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. (3) Select the program profile whose IP Address is 224. (1) Choose Configuration > Access Profile Management > IGMP Profile from the main menu. (5) Click OK. and then choose Download to NE. (3) On the Uplink Port tab page. and then click Next. Configure a service virtual port. 1. 5. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . Ltd. Configure a multicast upstream port. l Configure the IPTV service. right-click. select the required device. – Traffic profile name: profile_iptv – VLAN ID: 12 – VPI/VCI: 0/36 – Interface Selection: 0/11/0 2. set Uplink Port Info to 0/2/0. (2) Click the Right Profile tab. 10-12 Configure a multicast user. Apply a rights profile to a device. (2) Choose Multicast > Uplink Port from the navigation tree. In the dialog box that is displayed. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu.. set the task attributes in the right pane. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type drop-down list.1. (2) Click the Program Profile tab. Apply a program profile to the device. (4) In the dialog box that is displayed. select the required device. and then click Next. 4.10 Configuring the Triple Play Service iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management – VLAN ID: 11 – VPI/VCI: 0/35 – Interface Selection: 0/11/0 (4) Click OK. right-click. and then choose Download to NE. (1) In the Main Topology. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. (5) Click OK. and then choose Add.1.1 from the list.

l Configure the Internet service. For details.1. 10-13 . (3) On the Multicast User tab page. and then choose Save Data Immediately. The Internet user can access the Internet in PPPoE dialing mode. 2. – Select the configured service virtual port. (4) In the dialog box that is displayed.. right-click. Ltd. select UA5000(IPMB) in the navigation tree. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. Result l l l The VoIP user can make calls successfully. 1. – Alias: IGMPUserA – Select Enable Authorization.1.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 10 Configuring the Triple Play Service (1) In the Main Topology. (2) Choose Multicast > Multicast User from the navigation tree.1. ----End In the Main Topology. right-click. set the parameters. and then choose Add. see the steps of configuring a service virtual port when configuring the VoIP service. Configure a service virtual port. Click OK. – Rights profile: profile1 (5) Click Finish. The multicast user whose service port is 0/11/0 can watch the program whose IP address is 224. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – Traffic profile name: profile_internet – VLAN ID: 13 – VPI/VCI: 0/37 – Interface Selection: 0/11/0 l Save the data.

.

see 2. the wholesale service allows batches of user to access the services provided by their ISPs according to certain rules. Two VLAN tags increases the number of access users.. The upper layer BRAS device authenticates the packet based on the two VLAN tags. For details. 11-1 . For details. see 7. Ltd. Figure 11-1 shows the flowchart for configuring the wholesale service.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 11 Configuring VLAN Stacking Wholesale Services 11 Prerequisite Configuring VLAN Stacking Wholesale Services About This Chapter VLAN stacking allows batches of users to access the services provided by their respective ISPs according to certain rules.2 Configuring the xDSL Access Services. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see 2.2 Configuring an IP Traffic Profile. The required VLAN must be added. The corresponding access services must be configured. A stacking VLAN packet has inner and outer VLAN tags that are allocated by the UA5000 (IPMB).2 Configuring the Upstream Port of a VLAN.5. The VLAN must be configured with an upstream port. Context When there are multiple ISPs in the layer 2 metropolitan area network (MAN). For details.1 Adding a VLAN. For details. l l l l The IP traffic profile must be configured. see and 2.

11-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.3 Configuring the Inner VLAN Tag The packet of a VLAN with the stacking attribute has an inner VLAN tag and an outer VLAN tag. 11.2 Configuring the VLAN Stacking Attribute Stacking is an attribute of the VLAN. Ltd.11 Configuring VLAN Stacking Wholesale Services iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Figure 11-1 Flowchart for configuring the wholesale service Start Configure the traffic profile Configure the VLAN Configure an upstream port for the VLAN Set the VLAN attribute Configure the service virtual port Set the inner VLAN tag Save the data End 1. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . VLAN stacking is mainly used in the wholesale service. 11. The inner VLAN tag is used to identify the user. 2..

1q VLAN tag and an outer 802. or removes the outer VLAN tag and identifies the user by the inner VLAN tag. In this manner. The ISP BRAS removes the outer VLAN tag and identifies the user by the inner VLAN tag. Ltd.1 Introduction to VLAN Stacking Wholesale Services VLAN stacking refers to the stack of the 802. Background The VLAN stacking feature allows the UA5000(IPMB) to add an inner 802. The VLAN stacking feature allows the UA5000(IPMB) to add two VLAN tags to a user packet and forward the user packet to the layer 2 network. 3. Figure 11-2 shows the example network of the wholesale service. and 4 are configured in the same way. When the packet reaches the BRAS.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 11 Configuring VLAN Stacking Wholesale Services 11.1q VLAN tag to an access user packet.1q VLAN tags to an untagged user packet or change a tagged user packet into a packet with two 802. The broadband service of users 1 and 2 and the broadband service of users 3 and 4 are provided by different ISPs.1q tags. The layer 2 switch forwards the user packet to the specified ISP BRAS according to the outer VLAN tag. The services of these ISPs need to be provisioned to their users quickly. the BRAS authenticates the packet based on the two VLAN tags. there may be multiple Internet service providers (ISPs). It allows the device to add two 802.1q VLAN tags. The packet with two VLAN tags can be transmitted over the backbone network of the service provider. 2. the user can access the services provided by the ISP. The packet with two VLAN tags is transmitted to the layer 2 switching network. different user groups with different outer VLAN tags can gain access to the specified ISP networks and obtain the services provided by the ISPs. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and forwarded to the ISP network according to the outer VLAN tag. Therefore. After being authenticated by the ISP BRAS. Wholesale service: In a layer 2 MAN. the outer VALN tag is used to identify the ISP and the inner VLAN tag is used to identify the user. 11-3 . The outer VLAN tag is used to identify the ISP and the inner VLAN tag is used to identify the user. Users 1..

Ltd.11 Configuring VLAN Stacking Wholesale Services iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Figure 11-2 Example network of the wholesale service ISP1 BRAS VLAN ID:20 VLAN ID:21 BRAS ISP2 I P M B C S R I C S R I 0/2/0 Modem UA5000 PC1 PC2 PC3 PC4 11. The following VLANs cannot be configured with the stacking attribute: 11-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1 Adding a VLAN. Prerequisite To set the stacking attribute for the VLAN. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) .2 Configuring the VLAN Stacking Attribute Stacking is an attribute of the VLAN. see 2.. For details. Context The UA5000(IPMB) supports up to 4000 stacking VLANs. VLAN stacking is mainly used in the wholesale service. make sure that the VLAN must be added.

5 In the dialog box that is displayed. set the filter criteria or click to display the VLANs. right-click. 6 In the dialog box that is displayed. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2 Choose VLAN from the navigation tree. and click the Service Port tab in the lower pane. set the filter criteria or click to display the VLANs. 11-5 . Ltd. and then choose Configure. 5 Select a record from the service virtual port list. 3 On the VLAN tab page. 4 Select the stacking VLAN to be configured. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. 6 Click Done. The inner VLAN tag is used to identify the user.3 Configuring the Inner VLAN Tag The packet of a VLAN with the stacking attribute has an inner VLAN tag and an outer VLAN tag. set Attribute to Stacking. 2 Choose VLAN from the navigation tree. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. right-click. 3 On the VLAN tab page. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. 4 Select the VLAN to be configured. set Inner VLAN ID as follows. ----End 11. and then choose Configure Extended Properties. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. Prerequisite Service virtual ports must be configured for the VLAN with the stacking attribute.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 11 Configuring VLAN Stacking Wholesale Services l l l l l l l Super VLAN Sub VLAN Standard VLAN VLAN with a layer-3 interface VLAN with a service virtual port Default VLAN Reserved VLAN Procedure 1 In the Main Topology..

11 Configuring VLAN Stacking Wholesale Services iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 7 Click OK. Ltd. ----End 11-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) .

To communicate with each other. see 2. on an Intranet. Context The private line service allows the private network services to be transparently transmitted to the peer end.2 Configuring an IP Traffic Profile. The IP traffic profile must be configured. In this way. private network users can communicate with each other. for example. see 7..iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 12 Configuring the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service 12 Prerequisite l l l l Configuring the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service About This Chapter QinQ VLAN is used in the private line services of enterprise private networks to provide safe channels for the data transmission between the enterprise private networks. For details. see 2. The corresponding VLAN must exist. The corresponding access services must be configured. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.2 Configuring the xDSL Access Services. Through the outer VLAN tag. In this way. The VLAN must be configured with an upstream port. For details. the packet has two VLAN tags: an inner VLAN tag from the private network and an outer VLAN tag from the public network. For details. users that are on the same private network but at different locations are connected to the public network through the UA5000(IPMB). Figure 12-1 shows the flowchart for configuring the private line service. For details. the packet is transparently transmitted to the peer private network user. configure the upstream VLAN for user packets from the private network to have the QinQ attribute. On the UA5000 (IPMB).2 Configuring the Upstream Port of a VLAN.1 Adding a VLAN. 12-1 . Ltd. see 2.5.

.12 Configuring the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Figure 12-1 Flowchart for configuring the private line service Start Configure the traffic profile Configure the VLAN Configure an upstream port for the VLAN Set the VLAN attribute Configure the service virtual port Save the data End 1.2 Configuring the VLAN QinQ Attribute QinQ is an attribute of the VLAN. 12. Ltd. QinQ VLAN is mainly used in the private line service. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . 12-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

The packet with the private VLAN tag is forwarded to the peer UA5000(IPMB) over the public network according to its outer public VLAN tag. Ltd.1Q encapsulation.1Q) feature to add a public VLAN tag (that is. Figure 12-2 shows the example network of the private line service.1Q tag from the private network so that this VLAN packet can be transparently transmitted from the private network to the layer-2 VPN through the public network. Background The UA5000(IPMB) receives a packet with a private VLAN tag and uses the QinQ (802. The peer UA5000(IPMB) removes the outer VLAN tag and transmits the packet to the peer private network.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 12 Configuring the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service 12. the QinQ VLAN tag) to the packet.1Q in 802. Figure 12-2 Example network for private line service configuration L2/L3 I P M B C S R I L2/L3 I P M B C S R I 0/2/0 UA5000_A Modem 0/2/0 UA5000_B Modem LAN Switch LAN Switch corporateA corporateA Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. QinQ VLAN adds an 802..1Q tag to a VLAN packet that already has an 802.1 Introduction to the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service QinQ VLAN is a tunnel protocol based on the 802. 12-3 .

6 Click Finish. see 2. set the QinQ attribute for the VLANs directly. For details. l Device_A and device_B are configured in the same way. Ltd. After the QinQ VLAN private line service is configured on the UA5000 (IPMB).1 Adding a VLAN. 4 Select the VLAN to be configured. When adding VLANs in batches. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . and then choose Configure 5 In the dialog box that is displayed. the services can be transparently transmitted between the two offices within the enterprise private network over the public network.2 Configuring the VLAN QinQ Attribute QinQ is an attribute of the VLAN. set the filter criteria or click to display the VLANs. set Attribute to QinQ. 2 Choose VLAN from the navigation tree. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. make sure that the VLAN must be added. 3 On the VLAN tab page. QinQ VLAN is mainly used in the private line service. right-click. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. The following VLANs cannot be configured with the QinQ attribute: l l l l l l Super VLAN Sub VLAN VLAN with a layer-3 interface VLAN with a service virtual port Default VLAN Reserved VLAN Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. 12. ----End 12-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Prerequisite To set the QinQ attribute for one VLAN.12 Configuring the QinQ VLAN Private Line Service NOTE iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management l Two offices of the enterprise are connected to the metropolitan area network (MAN) through device_A and device_B respectively.. Context The UA5000(IPMB) supports up to 4000 QinQ VLANs.

Ltd. By using the circuit emulation services based on packet switching. carriers support the seamless TDM services over the packet switched network.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 13 Configuring the CESoP TDM Private Line Service 13 Prerequisite l Configuring the CESoP TDM Private Line Service About This Chapter Circuit emulation services over packet (CESoP) refers to the service in which circuit emulation services are implemented on the packet switched network.. Context Figure 13-1 shows the flowchart for configuring the CESoP TDM private line service. The IP address of the COPA card must be configured properly. 13-1 . Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

13-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.13 Configuring the CESoP TDM Private Line Service iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Figure 13-1 Flowchart for configuring the CESoP TDM private line service Start Configure a smart VLAN Configure the IP address of the board Configure a CES E1 port Add a CESoP connection Save the data End 1. After the working mode of the E1 port is changed. and the clock mode of the CES E1 port.4 Configuration Example of the CESoP TDM Private Line Service This topic provides an example for configuring the CESoP TDM private line service. the communication on the CESoP E1 line becomes normal. the port switches from the idle state to a working state. 13. 13.3 Configuring the CESoP Connection The card must be configured with CESoP connections before it can bear the CESoP service. 3. the working mode. Ltd. You must set the working mode of the E1 port before configuring services on the E1 port. 2.2 Configuring the CES E1 Port This topic describes how to modify the line encoding mode.. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . After a CESoP connection and its service stream are added successfully. 13.

l AMI encoding: The binary code zero is converted into the baseband signal whose amplitude is 0.2 Configuring the CES E1 Port This topic describes how to modify the line encoding mode. the first and the forth 0s are converted to 0 or 1 according to the value of 1 before the four 0s. You must set the working mode of the E1 port before configuring services on the E1 port. Line: line clock. the AMI encoding mode is used. CESoP is a solution to carrying the TDM service over the packet switched network. This is the clock on the E1 line. the number of 0s is restricted. Context NOTE Modifying the line encoding mode may affect the services. 13-3 l The clock mode of the CES E1 port is of three types: l l Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . Exercise caution when performing this operation. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Background The UA5000(IPMB) provides TDM service solutions through the COPA card. the two 1s are converted into 0s. HDB3 encoding: When there are less than four consecutive 0s. The binary code one is converted into the return-to-zero code whose value is +1 and -1 alternatively. This is the meaning of circuit emulation.1 Introduction to the CESoP TDM Private Line Service The UA5000(IPMB) transmits the CESoP TDM private line service data to the upstream by the CES E1 port. Ltd. Therefore. In this way. the second one is converted into zero. and provides 16 E1 interfaces to forward the E1 service to the upper layer TDM network. The packet switched network is used to emulate TDM circuit services. The COPA card converts the TDM frames into the CESoP frames. in this encoding mode. the TDM devices on either end of the network do not need to know whether they are connected to a TDM network.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 13 Configuring the CESoP TDM Private Line Service 13. The circuit switched network is evolving to the packet switched network. if two 1s of the same polarity are received consecutively and there are three consecutive 0s before the two 1s. 13. it is difficult to extract the timing signal. In this way. and the clock mode of the CES E1 port. After the working mode of the E1 port is changed. System: system clock. At the receiving end. If there are two consecutive 0s before the consecutive 1s of the same polarity. the working mode. the method of providing traditional circuit switched service over the IP network must be taken into consideration. This is the clock of the OLT system.. the original data signal is reconstructed. The CES E1 port supports the following two types of line encoding modes: AMI and HDB3. the port switches from the idle state to a working state. During the deployment of the IP network. When there are four consecutive 0s. The basic idea of the CESoP is to establish a "channel" on a packet switched network to transmit the services based on the TDM links (such as T1 and E1 services). The defect of this encoding mode is that when multiple 0s occur consecutively.

or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) .. On a COPA card. set the filter criteria to display the required CES E1 ports. the communication on the CESoP E1 line becomes normal. 2 Choose E1/T1 > CES E1/T1 Port from the navigation tree.3 Configuring the CESoP Connection The card must be configured with CESoP connections before it can bear the CESoP service. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology.13 Configuring the CESoP TDM Private Line Service iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management l ACM: Adapt clock state. The adaptive restoration clock refers to the clock that is restored and output from the received service packet stream through the adaptive algorithm. 6 Click OK. 3 On the CES E1 Port tab page. set the parameters. 4 Right-click a record and choose Modify from the shortcut menu. After a CESoP connection and its service stream are added successfully. 5 In the dialog box that is displayed. Ltd. the same local UDP port cannot be configured for two CESoP connections. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. 13-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ----End 13. Context The local UDP port number maps the E1 port.

the method of providing traditional circuit switched service over the packet switched network must be taken into consideration. 13-5 l l Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. 6 In the dialog box that is displayed. The tunnel carrying the CESoP service uses the IP+UDP mode and the encapsulation format complies with RFC4553. Context l The circuit switched network is evolving to the packet switched network. the method of providing traditional circuit switched service over the IP network must be taken into consideration. CESoP is a solution to carrying the TDM service on the packet switched network.4 Configuration Example of the CESoP TDM Private Line Service This topic provides an example for configuring the CESoP TDM private line service. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 13 Configuring the CESoP TDM Private Line Service Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. set the filter criteria to display the required CES E1 ports. 3 On the CES E1 Port tab page. 5 Right-click the list. During the deployment of the IP network. NOTE The selected port is the upstream port for the CESoP service. Ltd. 4 Select a record from the CES E1 port list. 7 Click OK. ----End 13. 2 Choose E1/T1 > CES E1/T1 Port from the navigation tree. The UA5000 supports the structure-agnostic TDM over PSN (SAToPSN CESoP) service. and then choose Add CESoP Connection. During the deployment of the packet switched network. and then click the CESoP Info tab in the lower pane. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. set the parameters.

. Table 13-1 Data plan for the CESoP TDM private line service Item VLAN Data l VLAN ID: 60 l Type: Smart VLAN IP address of the COPA card Upstream port The attributes of CES E1 port 10.10. Figure 13-2 Example network of the CESoP TDM private line service IP: 10.10.10. Ltd.11 VLAN: 60 Uplink Port: 0/6/0 UDP port ID: 50048 MAC: 0000-1111-2222 E1 GE Community E1 UA5000 GE IP: 10. In this way.10.12 VLAN: 60 UDP port ID: 50048 E1 SDH Ethernet Enterprise E1 UA5000 GE OLT Enterprise UA5000 CESoP Data Plan Table 13-1 provides the data plan for the CESoP TDM private line service.10. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . you can provide CESoP TDM private line service to your client. The COPA card of UA5000(IPMB) converts TDM signals into CESoP Ethernet packets and transmits the CESoP Ethernet packets to the OLT.13 Configuring the CESoP TDM Private Line Service iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Example Network Figure 13-2 shows an example network of the CESoP TDM private line service.10.11 Port: 0/6/0 l Working Mode: UDT l Line Coding: HDB3 l Clock Type: System 13-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

In the dialog box that is displayed. In the dialog box that is displayed. right-click and choose Add from the shortcut menu. Choose VLAN from the navigation tree. IP address: 10. 4. Click Done. 1. l Remote MAC address: 00-00-11-11-33-33 Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.10. set the parameters. 7. set the parameters. Right-click the required shelf in the view in the right pane and choose Frame View from the shortcut menu. set the filter criteria to display the required CES E1 ports. set the filter criteria or click information list. In the On the VLAN tab page. Choose E1/T1 > CES E1/T1 Port from the navigation tree. 3. configure the upstream port in the VLAN.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 13 Configuring the CESoP TDM Private Line Service Item CESoP connection Data l Remote MAC address: 00-00-11-11-33-33 l Remote IP address: 10. and then set Sub Port to 0/6/0.11 4. and then choose Add CESoP Connection. 2. Click Next. 2 Configure theCOPA card.10. set the parameters. to display the VLANs. Ltd. In the dialog box that is displayed. 1.10. 3. 2. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. 3. Click OK. Choose NE Panel from the navigation tree. 13-7 . right-click. and then choose Config Board Property. Select the card . 1. Right-click the list. 4. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree.12/24 l Remote UDP label: 50048 l Local UDP label: 50048 l Jitter Buffer: 1000 l RTP Frame Head: Enable l VLAN: 60 Procedure 1 Configure the VLAN.10. 6. and then click the CESoP Info tab in the lower pane.. 3 Add a CESoP connection. In the Main Topology. Select port 0/6/0 from the list. 2. On the CES E1 Port tab page. l VLAN ID: 60 l Type: Smart VLAN 5. Click the Sub Port tab.

above the navigation tree. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu.12/24 l Remote UDP label: 50048 l Local UDP label: 50048 l Jitter Buffer: 1000 l RTP Frame Head: Enable l VLAN: 60 4 Save the data. Ltd. Click OK. 3. the user can access the upper layer TDM network. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. and then choose 2.10. 1. click Save Data Immediately.10. ----End Result After successful configuration of the CESoP TDM private line service. 13-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.13 Configuring the CESoP TDM Private Line Service iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management l Remote IP address: 10. In the Main Topology. On the tab page that is displayed..

14. the UA5000 automatically uses the standby line to carry the Internet access service of users.. 14-1 . In addition.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 14 Configuring the Active/Standby Switchover for the Upstream Service 14 Configuring the Active/Standby Switchover for the Upstream Service About This Chapter This topic describes how to configure the card with the active/standby switchover for the upstream service so that the stability of the service is guaranteed.1 Configuring the Active/Standby Switchover for the IPM Upstream The UA5000 adopts the active/standby switchover mechanism to ensure the stability of the service. 14.2 Configuration Example of the Active/Standby Switchover for the IPM Dual Upstream This topic describes how to configure the active/standby switchover for the IPM dual upstream. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.3 Configuring the Active/Standby Switchover for the AIU Upstream This topic describes how to configure the active/standby switchover for the AIU upstream to ensure continual services. the UA5000 is designed with the service protection mechanism for the upstream port. 14. When the UA5000 is disconnected from the upper layer device physically and thus causes service interruption. Ltd.

When the ports of the active and standby control cards are configured with the link aggregation group (LAG) and work in the active and standby mode. In normal conditions. Prerequisite l l The active and standby IPM control cards must have been configured and must work in the normal state. 14. In addition.14 Configuring the Active/Standby Switchover for the Upstream Service iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 14. the UA5000 runs the LACP protocol to implement port protection. 14. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . Ltd. the UA5000 continues checking. If the status of the enabled Tx port is DOWN. the UA5000 disables the Tx port and enables the other Tx port. the active port carries the service. When the link of the active port is faulty. the UA5000 performs the switchover. 14.1. the active/standby switchover is performed. the system automatically switches the service of the active port over to the standby port to ensure normal service transmission and to provide protection for the upstream link. Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) checking mode: In this mode.1 Configuring the Active/Standby Switchover for the IPM Upstream The protection group of an upstream port contains an active port and a standby port. The UA5000 checks the port status to determine whether to perform the active/standby switchover. only one Tx port in the protection group is enabled. If the status of the other Tx port is UP. the active port carries the service.1. the UA5000 is designed with the service protection mechanism for the upstream port. Otherwise. The ports of the active IPM control card must correspond to the ports of the standby IPM control card correctly. the two ports in a protection group or the Tx ports on the two control cards are enabled. the system automatically switches the service of the active port over to the standby port to ensure normal service transmission and to provide protection for the upstream link.1. Delay checking mode: In this mode. and the other port is disabled.. 14-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1 Configuring the Active/Standby Switchover for the IPM Upstream The protection group of an upstream port contains an active port and a standby port. In normal conditions. l Port status checking mode: In this mode. if the LACP status of the standby port of the standby control card is normal and the LACP status of the active port of the active control card is abnormal. When the link of the active port is faulty. 2. the UA5000 automatically uses the standby line to carry the Internet access service of users. l l 1. When the UA5000 is disconnected from the upper layer device physically and thus causes service interruption. Context The UA5000 provides three checking modes of the active/standby switchover to protect the service of the upstream port.2 Configuring Upstream Link Detection This topic describes how to configure upstream link detection.1 Configuring the Active/Standby Switchover for the IPM Upstream The UA5000 adopts the active/standby switchover mechanism to ensure the stability of the service.

4 In the dialog box that is displayed. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 5 In the dialog box that is displayed. Right-click the required shelf in the view in the right pane and choose Frame View from the shortcut menu. Right-click the required shelf in the view in the right pane and choose Frame View from the shortcut menu.1. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. 4 In the dialog box that is displayed. 6 Click OK to return to the previous dialog box. Context l l Upstream link detection can be performed on only the active IPMB control card. 3 Right-click an active IPMB control card in the list and choose Detect Uplink from the shortcut menu. 2 Choose NE Panel from the navigation tree. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. The active and standby IPMB control cards must have been configured and must work in the normal state.2 Configuration Example of the Active/Standby Switchover for the IPM Dual Upstream This topic describes how to configure the active/standby switchover for the IPM dual upstream. ----End 14.2 Configuring Upstream Link Detection This topic describes how to configure upstream link detection.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 14 Configuring the Active/Standby Switchover for the Upstream Service Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu.. 14-3 . click Add. ----End 14. configure the parameters. Ltd. configure the link switchover mode and click OK. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. 7 Click Close. 3 Right-click a card in the list and choose IPM Protect Group from the shortcut menu. 2 Choose NE Panel from the navigation tree.

4. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. Right-click the required shelf in the view in the right pane and choose Frame View from the shortcut menu. Right-click a card in the list and choose IPM Protect Group from the shortcut menu. 2. In the Add Port Protect Group dialog box that is displayed. 7. 1.14 Configuring the Active/Standby Switchover for the Upstream Service iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Context Table 14-1 Data plan for the active/standby switchover for the IPM dual upstream Item Configure the active/standby switchover for the IPM upstream Data Protect type: l Protect type: Port protect group l Work mode: Port status Work: l Frame: 0 l Slot: 2 l Port: 0 Protect: l Frame: 0 l Slot: 3 l Port: 0 Procedure 1 Configure the active/standby switchover for the IPM upstream. In the Main Topology. Choose NE Panel from the navigation tree.. Click Close. Click OK. 3. 5. Ltd. 2 Configure the upstream link detection. set the parameters as follows: l Protect type: Port protect group l Work mode: Port status l Frame: 0 l Slot: 2 l Port: 0 l Frame: 0 l Slot: 3 l Port: 0 6. In the dialog box that is displayed. click Add. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. 14-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

----End Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. configure the link switchover mode and click OK. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. In the Main Topology. Ltd.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 14 Configuring the Active/Standby Switchover for the Upstream Service 1. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology.. 3 Right-click an AIU card in the list and choose AIU Protect Group from the shortcut menu. click Add. 14-5 . 2 Choose NE Panel from the navigation tree. set related parameters. 4 In the dialog box that is displayed. 6 Click OK. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. 3. 5 In the dialog box that is displayed. Choose NE Panel from the navigation tree. 4. Right-click the required shelf in the view in the right pane and choose Frame View from the shortcut menu. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. Right-click the required shelf in the view in the right pane and choose Frame View from the shortcut menu. 2.3 Configuring the Active/Standby Switchover for the AIU Upstream This topic describes how to configure the active/standby switchover for the AIU upstream to ensure continual services. Right-click an active IPMB control card in the list and choose Detect Uplink from the shortcut menu. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. In the dialog box that is displayed. ----End 14.

.

1ag CFM covers connectivity check (CC). The corresponding VLAN must exist. For details.1 Adding a VLAN. loopback (LB). Figure 15-1 shows the flowchart for configuring the Ethernet OAM diagnosis on the UA5000 (IPMB). Therefore. the maintenance of Ethernet devices becomes more and more important. The Ethernet OAM mechanism supported by the 802.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 15 Configuring the Ethernet OAM Diagnosis 15 About This Chapter Prerequisite l l Configuring the Ethernet OAM Diagnosis This topic describes the principles. administration and maintenance (OAM) issue of the transmission network is pressing. configuration procedure. Ltd. The operations.1ag connectivity fault management (CFM) provides an end-to-end method for detecting faults.2 Configuring the Upstream Port of a VLAN. 15-1 . and configuration example of the Ethernet OAM diagnosis. see 2. Context With the extension of the Ethernet technology from the carrier network to MAN and WAN. carriers are more concerned about the maintainability of devices. The VLAN must be configured with an upstream port. and forward AIS alarms.. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The 802. link trace (LT). For details. see 2.

Ltd..3 Configuring an MA 15-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Different MDs are maintained by different management entities.1 Introduction to the Ethernet OAM This topic describes the basic concepts and principles of the Ethernet connectivity fault management (CFM) and the example network of the Ethernet OAM. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . 15. link trace (LT). The Ethernet OAM mechanism supported by the 802.2 Configuring an MD This topic describes how to configure an MD.1ag covers the connectivity check (CC). and loopback (LB). 15.15 Configuring the Ethernet OAM Diagnosis iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Figure 15-1 Flowchart for configuring the Ethernet OAM diagnosis Start Add a Smart VLAN Configure Uplink Port of the VLAN Configure an MD Configure an MA Configure an MEP Configure a remote MEP Configure the CC sending interval of an MA Enable the CFM gloabl switch End 15.

6 Configuration Example of the Ethernet OAM Diagnosis This topic provides an example for configuring the Ethernet OAM on the UA5000(IPMB). Devices can detect and locate Ethernet faults through the bound System Parameter Profile. 15. and report alarms of detected faults.4 Configuring a Source MEP This topic describes how to create a source MEP to detect the connectivity of a channel in an MA. and how to configure the administrative status. 15-3 . and CCM sending status for the MEP. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. add devices to the MA. You can configure the Ethernet OAM global parameters in the System Parameter Profile of the U2000. check the remote MEPs configured in the MA. configure the interval for sending CCM packets and the function of checking remote MEPs.5 Enabling the Global CFM Function This topic describes how to set the Ethernet OAM global parameters on the U2000 and apply the parameters to the specified devices. CCM and LTM priority. Ltd.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 15 Configuring the Ethernet OAM Diagnosis This topic describes how to add an MA.. 15. 15.

and the mappings between the MEPs and the receiving ports. MDs come under three layers: user domain (levels 7-5). data loss. you can use LB or LT to locate the fault (for example. The Ethernet OAM mechanism supported by the 802. link trace (LT). service provider domain (levels 4-3). When an MEP receives CCM packets from other MEPs. It only transparently transmits or responds to CFM messages. and one SI maps with one MA. a switched network fault. it sets up and maintains an MEP CCM database. and loopback (LB). An MEP initiates and responds to CFM messages. An MIP does not initiate CFM messages. and is a combination of bridges and maintenance levels. Ltd.1ag covers the connectivity check (CC). the NMS cannot detect the non-link faults. multiple VLANs can map with one SI. Different MDs are maintained by different management entities. but also the service configuration errors (such as unmatched MA names). such as switched network faults or wrong configurations. and a maintenance level. repeated MEP configurations (such as repeated MEP names). in the switched network). loopback (repeated serial numbers).. to detect the link faults. an MP is a combination of a bridge port. l CCM packets can detect not only the link faults and switched network faults. The database records the MEP IDs. A bridge can have different layers to manage different MDs. Each MEP actively sends CCM packets at regular intervals. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . That is. That is. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. If the MEP does not receive CCM packets from another MEP for three successive times. MAC addresses of the MEPs. l Maintenance association (MA): An MD can be divided into multiple MAs. instead of CCM packets. All the MIPs and MEPs in the MD can receive the CCM packets but need not respond.) l Maintenance point (MP): An MA consists of maintenance points (MPs) that are defined on the ports of bridges. 2. A CFM MD consists of bridges.15 Configuring the Ethernet OAM Diagnosis iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 15. 3. and carrier domain (levels 2-0). or wrong configurations between two MEPs.1 Introduction to the Ethernet OAM This topic describes the basic concepts and principles of the Ethernet connectivity fault management (CFM) and the example network of the Ethernet OAM. Each MA maps with a service instance (SI) identified by a VLAN in the MD. But in this case. l Loss of CCM packets may be caused by a link fault. MPs are classified into two types: maintenance association end point (MEP) and maintenance association intermediate point (MIP). Context The basic concepts and principles of the Ethernet CFM are described as follows: 1. such as loss of physical layer signals. a VLAN. undesired MEPs. the MA can be understood as a combination of an MD and a VLAN. Basic concepts: l Maintenance domain (MD): The Ethernet CFM divides a network into a maximum of eight layers. 15-4 Alarm mechanism: There are four types of alarms. The CCM packets are copied to the multicast addresses. (According to the standard. After a fault is discovered through CCM packets. The NMS can use other methods. Principles of fault detection: l Continuity check messages (CCMs) are used to detect Ethernet faults. and data corruption (such as wrong checksum). the MEP reports a fault. The database also records the information about other MEPs in the MA.

Figure 15-2 Example network of the Ethernet OAM Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Both UA5000(IPMB)_A and UA5000(IPMB)_B are configured with a local MEP and a remote MEP. When the LTM is forwarded by MIPs to the destination MEP in unicast mode. l Error alarm: After an MEP on a bridge receives a CCM packet. If the timer of the source MEP expires..iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 15 Configuring the Ethernet OAM Diagnosis l Cross-connection alarm: After an MEP on a bridge receives a CCM packet. If the configurations are different. the loopback test fails. the MEP reports an error alarm. sends the LBM. but is not multicasted. the MEP reports an RDI alarm. the MD name. and the MA name) of the peer MEP as carried by the CCM packet is completely the same as the local configuration. After receiving the LBM. A link trace message (LTM) contains a known multicast address. LB uses the unicast MAC address of an MEP or MIP that is discovered by the CC or LT. The source MEP creates a loopback message (LBM) containing the index of the destination MEP. 5. If the information does not match. l RDI alarm: If a local MEP does not receive CCM packets from its remote MEP. the local MEP sends a CCM packet with an RDI bit. the source MEP learns the MIPs along the path to the destination MEP and records their MAC addresses. When another MEP receives the CCM packet with the RDI bit. l Loss-of-CCM alarm: If an MEP on a bridge does not receive a CCM packet from a remote MEP in a specific period (3. the MEP compares the MEP information in the received CCM packet with the configuration information about the remote MEP. each MIP sends a link trace reply (LTR) to the source MEP. In this way. The LTM contains additional information indicating the MAC address of the destination MEP. The link between UA5000(IPMB)_A and UA5000(IPMB)_B uses the Ethernet OAM mechanism to detect link faults. The loopback test succeeds. and starts the timer. Ltd. the type and length of the MA name. 15-5 . The remote MEP ID of UA5000(IPMB)_B is the same as the local MEP ID of UA5000(IPMB)_A. LT principle: l The LT helps to check the MIP path between two MEPs. the destination MEP sends an LBR to the source MEP. the MEP checks whether certain configuration (including the type and length of the MD name. Figure 15-2 shows the example network of the Ethernet OAM on the UA5000(IPMB).5 times the sending interval). LB principle: l LB helps an MEP to locate faults in an MA. the MEP reports a cross-connection alarm. including the interval for sending CCM packets. the MEP reports a loss-of-CCM alarm. The local MEP ID of UA5000(IPMB)_B is the same as the remote MEP ID of UA5000(IPMB)_A. 4.

Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. but can be created on different devices. For details. ----End 15-6 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 3 Click the Maintenance Domain tab. Ltd. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree.2 Configuring an MD This topic describes how to configure an MD. MDs of the same level cannot be created on the same device. set MD Name Format. see 2.1 Adding a VLAN. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. MD Name. see 2. Context l l l l The system supports three MDs. Different MDs are maintained by different management entities. 4 Right-click in the list and choose Add from the shortcut menu.15 Configuring the Ethernet OAM Diagnosis iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 15. For details.2 Configuring the Upstream Port of a VLAN. 2 Choose ETH OAM from the navigation tree. Level and MHF Creation Rule as follows. The VLAN must be configured with an upstream port. and set the filter criteria to display the required MDs. The total length of the names of an MA and the corresponding MD must be less than or equal to 43 characters. 5 In the dialog box that is displayed. You can perform this operation only after the CFM function is enabled globally. Prerequisite l l l The corresponding VLAN must exist. but can be created on different devices. 6 Click OK.. MDs with the same name format and the same name cannot be created on the same device.

5 In the dialog box that is displayed. 6 Click OK. 4 Right-click in the list and choose Add from the shortcut menu. 2 Choose ETH OAM from the navigation tree. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. 3 Click the Maintenance Association tab. MA Name. The VLAN must be configured with an upstream port. check the remote MEPs configured in the MA. Each MD can be configured with up to 48 MAs and the system supports up to 48 MAs. Prerequisite l l l The corresponding VLAN must exist. The total length of the names of an MA and the corresponding MD must be less than or equal to 43 characters.2 Configuring an MD. and set the filter criteria to display the required MAs. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set MD Name.3 Configuring an MA This topic describes how to add an MA. For details.2 Configuring the Upstream Port of a VLAN. no more MAs can be configured in other MDs. add devices to the MA. The MA must belong to an MD. For details. The MAs in the same MD cannot be associated with the same VLAN. Context l l l l l You can perform this operation only after the CFM function is enabled globally. Ltd. MA Name Format. That is. see 2. if you configure 48 MAs in an MD. configure the interval for sending CCM packets and the function of checking remote MEPs. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. and report alarms of detected faults.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 15 Configuring the Ethernet OAM Diagnosis 15. For details. Do not create an MA that is the same as an existing one. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. see 15. see 2.. The MD must be configured. 15-7 .1 Adding a VLAN. and CC Interval as follows.

Context An MEP is the end point of a maintenance channel. Prerequisite l l l l The corresponding VLAN must exist.2 Configuring an MD. and how to configure the administrative status. ----End 15. and CCM sending status for the MEP. Remote MEP Detection Function and Associated VLAN as follows. set MHF Creation Rule.2 Configuring the Upstream Port of a VLAN. After the CCM and LTM priority is successfully configured. Ethernet OAM depends on the MEPs at both ends of a channel to check the connectivity. For details. The VLAN must be configured with an upstream port. see 2. For details. After creating the MEPs.. The MEP can send CCM packets at regular intervals to check the connectivity of a channel only after the CCM packet sending function is enabled successfully. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) .4 Configuring a Source MEP This topic describes how to create a source MEP to detect the connectivity of a channel in an MA. l l l The MEP takes effect only after the administrative function is enabled. 8 In the dialog box that is displayed. 15-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1 Adding a VLAN. For details. The MA must be configured. see 2. see 15.3 Configuring an MA. the MEPs must be created. you can use them to check the connectivity of a channel in an MA. Therefore. CCM and LTM priority. For details. Ltd. see 15. The MD must be configured. the system discards the packets with lower priority in case of congestion.15 Configuring the Ethernet OAM Diagnosis iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 7 Right-click MA1 and choose Configure from the shortcut menu. 9 Click OK.

3 Click the Maintenance Association tab. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. VLAN TAG1. 4 Select an MA.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 15 Configuring the Ethernet OAM Diagnosis Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. 5 Right-click in the list and choose Add from the shortcut menu. Interface Direction. 8 Right-click the added source MEP and choose Configure from the shortcut menu. 7 Click OK. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. 6 In the dialog box that is displayed. enable the Administrative Status and CC Sending Status of the MEP and set CCM And LTM Priority. and click the Source MEP ID Info tab in the lower pane. Alarm Waiting Time and Alarm Recovery Time as follows. Ltd. 9 In the dialog box that is displayed.. 2 Choose ETH OAM from the navigation tree. 15-9 . Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Interface Info. set MEP ID. VLAN TAG2 and CCM And LTM Priority as follows. and set the filter criteria to display the required MAs.

and LT are disabled. Ltd. 15-10 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. choose NE Properties > Protocol > ETH OAM from the navigation tree. The system parameter profile is a collection of system parameters. LB and LT are enabled. After a system parameter profile is applied to a device successfully. the parameters in the profile overwrite the original parameters on the device. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . Therefore.15 Configuring the Ethernet OAM Diagnosis iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 10 Click OK. 3 In the parameter configuration area in the right pane. LB. When the global CFM function is disabled. 2 On the tab page that is displayed. ----End 15. and then set Global remote MEP test and Global CFM switch. such as ETH OAM parameters and other parameters. Context When the global CFM function is enabled. including the multicast MAC base address that is used to send CC/LT packets. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree.. You can configure the Ethernet OAM global parameters in the System Parameter Profile of the U2000. the CFM packets are captured. set the global parameters of the Ethernet OAM devices. the system parameter profile must be applied to the device before service provisioning. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. and the functions of CC. Devices can detect and locate Ethernet faults through the bound System Parameter Profile.5 Enabling the Global CFM Function This topic describes how to set the Ethernet OAM global parameters on the U2000 and apply the parameters to the specified devices. This may affect the services of the device. and the functions of CC. the CFM packets are not captured.

Both UA5000(IPMB)_A and UA5000(IPMB)_B are configured with a local MEP and a remote MEP. Example Network Figure 15-3 shows the example network of the Ethernet OAM on the UA5000(IPMB). The link between UA5000(IPMB)_A and UA5000(IPMB)_B uses the Ethernet OAM mechanism to detect link faults. ----End 15. 15-11 . Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The local MEP ID of UA5000(IPMB)_B is the same as the remote MEP ID of UA5000(IPMB)_A.. Prerequisite l l The example network as shown in Figure 15-3 must be complete.6 Configuration Example of the Ethernet OAM Diagnosis This topic provides an example for configuring the Ethernet OAM on the UA5000(IPMB). The network devices and lines must be in the normal state. Ltd.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 15 Configuring the Ethernet OAM Diagnosis 4 Click Apply. Figure 15-3 Example network of the Ethernet OAM Data Plan Table 15-1 provides the data plan for the Ethernet OAM on the UA5000(IPMB). The remote MEP ID of UA5000(IPMB)_B is the same as the local MEP ID of UA5000(IPMB)_A.

Issue 03 (2010-11-19) ..15 Configuring the Ethernet OAM Diagnosis iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Table 15-1 Data plan for the Ethernet OAM Item UA5000(IPMB)_A Data l Port: 0/2/0 l Smart VLAN: 100 l MD Name Format: character string type l MD Name: MD1 l Level: 3 l MA Name Format: character string type l MA Name: MA1 l Remote MEP check: Enable l Associated VLAN: 100 l MEP ID: 2 l Interface Direction: DOWN l CCM and LTM Priority: 7 l Administrative Status: enable l CC Sending Status: enable l Alarm Waiting Time: 2500 l Alarm Recovery Time: 10000 UA5000(IPMB)_B l Port: 0/2/1 l Smart VLAN: 100 l MD Name Format: character string type l MD Name: MD1 l Level: 3 l MA Name Format: character string type l MA Name: MA1 l Remote MEP check: Enable l Associated VLAN: 100 l MEP ID: 2 l Interface Direction: UP l CCM and LTM Priority: 7 l Administrative Status: enable l CC Sending Status: enable l Alarm Waiting Time: 2500 l Alarm Recovery Time: 10000 15-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.

2.. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. Click Next and select port 0/2/0 as the upstream port. Click the Maintenance Association tab. Click Done. Right-click in the list and choose Add from the shortcut menu. In the Main Topology. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. Procedure 1 Add a VLAN and configure the upstream port of the VLAN. set the related parameters as follows: l VLAN ID: 100 l Type: Smart VLAN l Attribute: Common 4. 1. and then click OK. Click the Maintenance Association tab. 1. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 4. 1. and set the filter criteria to display the required MDs. name. 2. 15-13 .iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management NOTE 15 Configuring the Ethernet OAM Diagnosis l Configure the remote MEP of UA5000(IPMB)_A on UA5000(IPMB)_B in the same way as configuring the MEP of UA5000(IPMB)_A. and set the filter criteria to display the required MAs. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) 2. and then click OK. set the device name and the name format. Click the Maintenance Domain tab. Choose ETH OAM from the navigation tree. l MD name: MD1 l MA name format: character string type l MA name: MA1 4. and level of the MD as follows. l Remote MEP check: Enable l Associated VLAN: 100 4 Configure the MEP ID. Right-click the added MA1 and choose Configure from the shortcut menu. In the dialog box that is displayed. 3. Ltd. In the dialog box that is displayed. set the parameters as follows and click OK. l MD name format: character string type l MD name: MD1 l Level: 3 3 Configure the MA. 1. Right-click in the list and choose Add from the shortcut menu. In the dialog box that is displayed. 3. Choose VLAN from the navigation tree. 5. 3. Right-click in the list and choose Add from the shortcut menu. name and associated VLAN of the MA as follows. set the filter criteria to display the records. 2 Configure the MD. set the name format. l This topic considers the configuration on UA5000(IPMB)_A as an example. In the dialog box that is displayed.

The number of the transmitted CCM packets and the number of the received CCM packets are not zero. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . 3. and select UA5000(IPMB) from the Device Type drop-down list. you can query the statistics of the packets on UA5000(IPMB) _A or UA5000(IPMB)_B. Click Apply. choose NE Properties > Protocol > ETH OAM from the navigation tree. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. In the dialog box that is displayed. ----End Result After successful configuration. l Administrative Status: enable l CCM and LTM Priority: 7 l CC Sending Status: enable l Alarm Waiting Time: 2500 l Alarm Recovery Time: 10000 6 Enable the global CFM function. 3. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. set the parameters as follows and click OK. set MEP ID to 2. On the tab page that is displayed. In the Main Topology. In the dialog box that is displayed. and the port direction as follows. 1. 1.. 15-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Click the Maintenance End Point tab. l MEP ID: 2 l Interface Info: 0/2/0 l Interface Direction: UP l CCM and LTM Priority: 7 5 Configure the MEP. Right-click in the list and choose Add from the shortcut menu. the port information. Right-click in the list and choose Add from the shortcut menu. the name and identifier of the MEP. Enable Global remote MEP test and Global CFM switch. and then click OK. 2. 4. 5. 4. 3. 2. Right-click the added MEP1 and choose Configure from the shortcut menu. set the name of the MA. Select the added MA1 and click the MEP ID Info tab in the lower pane.15 Configuring the Ethernet OAM Diagnosis iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 2. In the dialog box that is displayed.

the UA5000(IPMB) switches the service to the standby channel.2 Setting the BFD Session Parameters Before the detection of the link fault. Ltd. 16. the BFD session between the two ends of the channel need to be set up and the peer IP address need to be bound to the local VLAN. the UA5000(IPMB) can switch the service to the standby channel. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. When the main channel is faulty. 16-1 . When the main channel is faulty.1 Introduction to BFD The bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is used to detect the link status between two devices quickly. and thus to increase the reliability of the service and the inband maintenance channel. 16.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 16 Configuring the BFD Network Monitoring 16 About This Chapter Configuring the BFD Network Monitoring The bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is used to test the link status between two devices quickly. and thus to increase the reliability of the service and the inband maintenance channel..

double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. when the route is not bound to a BFD. The VLAN is set up. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . the BFD session between the two ends of the channel need to be set up and the peer IP address need to be bound to the local VLAN. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. For details. see 2. right-click and choose Add from the shortcut menu. BFD only supports the detection of the static route faults. select the link according to the status of the BFD and the priority of the route. l 16.1 Introduction to BFD The bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is used to detect the link status between two devices quickly. see 2. When the route is bound to a BFD. select the link only according to the priority of the route. When the main channel is faulty..1 Adding a VLAN. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. 2 Choose Protocol > BFD from the navigation tree. if there is another route bound to the BFD going to the same destination. and thus to increase the reliability of the service and the inband maintenance channel. 16-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Prerequisite The global BFD function is enabled. Context l l l Currently. set the BFD session parameters. Up to 32 BFD sessions are supported. For details. 4 In the dialog box that is displayed. Ltd. To avoid the route switching to the route with higher priority but not bound to a BFD.16 Configuring the BFD Network Monitoring iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 16. you must reduce the priority of the route that is not bound to the BFD before unbinding the route from the port.6 Setting BFD Parameters. 3 In the information list. the UA5000(IPMB) switches the service to the standby channel.2 Setting the BFD Session Parameters Before the detection of the link fault.8.

16-3 .. Ltd. ----End Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 16 Configuring the BFD Network Monitoring 5 Click OK.

.

iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 17 Detecting the Network 17 About This Chapter Detecting the Network This topic describes how to check the connectivity of a network and whether the host is reachable. SSH offers secure information guarantee and powerful authentication to protect the device against attacks such as IP address spoofing and interception of the plain text password. this operation helps you to locate network faults and log in to the device through the network remotely to configure and maintain the device. and how to check all gateways passed by data packets sent from a source host to the destination host. In addition. perform this operation. 17. perform this operation. and authorization. 17. After running the ping command to test the network and detect a fault.1 Telnet This topic describes how to log in to a device through the network remotely to configure and maintain the device. When users telnet the router through an insecure network.3 Tracert This topic descries how to test the route that is passed by data packets sent from a source host to the destination host.4 SSH The secure shell (SSH) guarantees the security of the network communications by providing authentication. 17. encryption. Ltd. To track the route that is passed by data packets and locate the network fault..2 Ping This topic describes how to send ping packets to a remote host to check whether it is reachable. 17. 17-1 . you can run the tracert command to locate the fault on the network. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. To check the network connectivity or the line quality.

After you successfully telnet to the remote server or device in the network. The system displays the message Request time out. 3 In the dialog box that is displayed. the system displays the information indicating that the network connectivity is in the normal state. number of received response packets. Ltd. 2 Right-click and choose Tool > Telnet from the shortcut menu. maximum. it indicates that the destination host is not reachable. after receiving the ICMP ECHO-REQUEST packets. ----End 17. NOTE l If the operation is successful. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . packet loss ratio. the source host sends the ICMP ECHO-REQUEST packets to the destination host. To check the network connectivity or the line quality. select Ping or Continual Ping and click Start. If the network connection between the source host and the destination host is normal. Procedure 1 In the navigation tree or the topology view. To track the route that is passed by data packets and locate the network 17-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Procedure 1 In the navigation tree or the topology view. The system fails to check the network connectivity or line failure. select a required device. you can operate the device in command lines. and average values of the response time. 2 Right-click and choose Tool > Ping from the shortcut menu. The displayed information includes the number of sent packets. it indicates that the destination host is reachable. perform this operation. In the Result area. l If the operation fails.17 Detecting the Network iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 17. ----End 17..2 Ping This topic describes how to send ping packets to a remote host to check whether it is reachable. the destination host responds to the source host with the ICMP ECHO-REPLY packets.1 Telnet This topic describes how to log in to a device through the network remotely to configure and maintain the device. Prerequisite Make sure that port 9811 between the U2000 server and clients is enabled before you telnet a device. select a required device. Context During the ping process.3 Tracert This topic descries how to test the route that is passed by data packets sent from a source host to the destination host. and minimum.

The second hop sends back an ICMP error message to indicate that this packet cannot be sent. When users telnet the router through an insecure network. The third hop sends back an ICMP error message to indicate that this packet cannot be sent. ----End Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. select a required device. and authorization. 17-3 . 2 Right-click and choose Tool > SSH from the shortcut menu. you can run the tracert command to locate the fault on the network.. Ltd. 2 Right-click and choose Tool > Tracert from the shortcut menu. select a required device. encryption. The source host sends a packet with TTL 2. Context The execution process of the tracert command is as follows: l l l l l The source host sends a packet with TTL 1. TTL times out. Procedure 1 In the navigation tree or the topology view. The source host sends a packet with TTL 3.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 17 Detecting the Network fault. 4 Click OK.4 SSH The secure shell (SSH) guarantees the security of the network communications by providing authentication. Procedure 1 In the navigation tree or the topology view. The process continues in this manner until the packet reaches the destination host. SSH offers secure information guarantee and powerful authentication to protect the device against attacks such as IP address spoofing and interception of the plain text password. set the parameters. After running the ping command to test the network and detect a fault. The first hop sends back an ICMP error message to indicate that this packet cannot be sent. TTL times out. TTL times out. The purpose of performing these operations is to record the source address of each ICMP TTL time-out message. ----End 17. 3 In the dialog box that is displayed. perform this operation. so as to provide the route that an IP packet passes to reach the destination host.

.

2 Immediately Enabling Data Saving Function This topic describes how to immediately enable the auto save function of a device to save the current data of the device in time. Ltd. 18.1 Setting the Parameters for Saving the Data You can configure the auto save period of the data through enabling the auto save function of the device. Through the U2000.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 18 Saving the Data 18 About This Chapter Saving the Data After saving the data to the flash memory of a device. 18. 18-1 .. The U2000 automatically saves the data to the flash memory of the device according to the configured period. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. you can periodically maintain and manage the device according to the saved data information. you can query the data information to maintain and manage the device.

Do not power off or reset the device before the data is saved. the data is automatically saved every other 331 minutes. Otherwise. NOTE Period: The data is automatically saved at an interval. Through the U2000.. choose NE Properties > Auto Save Configuration from the navigation tree. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . you can periodically maintain and manage the device according to the saved data information. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. and then set the Period parameter for saving the data. the data saved to the flash memory is damaged. 3 In the right pane. ----End 18. if the Period parameter is set to 00d 05h 31m. For example. l After being enabled immediately. Ltd. 2 On the tab page that is displayed. 18-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. select the Enable Automatic Save check box.2 Immediately Enabling Data Saving Function This topic describes how to immediately enable the auto save function of a device to save the current data of the device in time. the automatic saving function cannot be manually stopped.1 Setting the Parameters for Saving the Data You can configure the auto save period of the data through enabling the auto save function of the device. The U2000 automatically saves the data to the flash memory of the device according to the configured period. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. Context CAUTION l This operation is applicable to only the device that supports the SNMP protocol.18 Saving the Data iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 18. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. 4 Click Apply. Context NOTE The absolute period and relative period of the device are based on the time of the site where the device is located.

Ltd.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 18 Saving the Data Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. 18-3 . 2 In the dialog box that is displayed.. choose the required UA5000(IPMB) from the Physical Root navigation tree. right-click. ----End Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and then choose Save Data Immediately from the shortcut menu. click OK.

.

which facilitates the centralized maintenance and management. 19. 19-1 . or enable the automatic synchronization. NE time.. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. you need to synchronize the alarms. This ensures that the U2000 monitors the actual running status of the device. NE alarms and system parameter profile so that the data of the NE and the data on the U2000 are the same 19.4 Synchronizing the System Parameter Profile You can perform this operation to synchronize the system parameter profile that is modified at the global side to the device to maintain the consistency of the parameters in the system parameter profile. 19. 19. You can synchronize the alarms manually. After the communication between the U2000 and the device recovers or the U2000 restarts.3 Synchronizing NE Alarms This topic describes how to synchronize NE alarms. the alarms generated on the device are not reported to the U2000 in time.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 19 Synchronization 19 About This Chapter Synchronization This topic describes how to synchronize the NE data. Ltd.1 Synchronizing the NE Data This topic describes how to synchronize the device panel data and service data on the U2000 with that of the NE.2 Synchronizing the NE Time This topic describes how to synchronize the NE time with the U2000 time to ensure that the time when the NE reports the information is correct. This results in the inconsistency of the alarm status between the U2000 and the device. In this case.

select the required UA5000(IPMB) from the Physical Root navigation tree. download the data from the U2000 to the NE. choose the required UA5000(IPMB) from the Physical Root navigation tree. or TFTP server must be configured and the FTP. check whether the NE data saved on the U2000 is correct.19 Synchronization iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 19. This results in the inconsistency of the alarm status between the U2000 and the device.1 Synchronizing the NE Data This topic describes how to synchronize the device panel data and service data on the U2000 with that of the NE.3 Synchronizing NE Alarms This topic describes how to synchronize NE alarms. SFTP. Context l l The U2000 delivers the system time automatically when a device goes online. If it is correct. Prerequisite The FTP. the alarms generated on the device are not reported to the U2000 in time. do not change the system time of the U2000 frequently. Context l l During the operation on the U2000. After the data of the NE is configured and the NE works in the normal state. the data of the NE is restored. When an error occurs to the NE data. and then choose Synchronize NE Data from the shortcut menu.. you need to synchronize the alarms. This ensures that the U2000 monitors the actual running status of the device.2 Synchronizing the NE Time This topic describes how to synchronize the NE time with the U2000 time to ensure that the time when the NE reports the information is correct. and then choose Set NE Time from the shortcut menu. ----End 19. right-click. After synchronizing the NE time. right-click. or enable the automatic synchronization. In this case. Ltd. After the communication between the U2000 and the device recovers or the U2000 restarts. or TFTP service must be enabled. ----End 19. Procedure l In the Main Topology. SFTP. synchronize the data on the U2000 with that of the NE manually. 19-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. which facilitates the centralized maintenance and management. the data of the NE and the data on the U2000 must be the same. In this case. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . You can synchronize the alarms manually. Procedure l In the Main Topology.

.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 19 Synchronization Procedure l In the Main Topology. select the required UA5000(IPMB). On the Physical Root navigation tree on the Main Topology tab page. and then choose Synchronize Current Alarms from the shortcut menu. ----End 19. choose the required UA5000(IPMB) from the Physical Root navigation tree.4 Synchronizing the System Parameter Profile You can perform this operation to synchronize the system parameter profile that is modified at the global side to the device to maintain the consistency of the parameters in the system parameter profile. By manual alarm synchronization. Ltd. right-click. ----End Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. right-click. Context To synchronize the system parameter profile. and then choose Synchronize System Parameter Profile. Choose View > Main Topology from the main menu. all alarms generated by NE are synchronized. 19-3 . Procedure l Navigation path: 1. 2. perform this operation.

.

In this case.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 20 File Operations 20 About This Chapter File Operations By means of file operations. 20-1 . an xls file.3 Printing You can print out the records in the U2000 information list to keep the related information of the U2000 and analyze it. In this case. you can save the records as a file.. 20. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 20. a text file. you can save and analyze the relevant information of the U2000. preview the file printing effect.1 Saving Records as a File This topic describes how to save records as a CVS file. Ltd. you can use the records in different file formats. or an HTM (HTML) file. and print the file. 20.2 Previewing the File Printing Effect This topic describes how to preview the file printing effect so that you can adjust the page settings before printing.

3 On the VLAN tab page. an xls file. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. set the filter criteria or click to display the VLANs. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. the steps are the same but the navigation path is different. a text file. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. 5 In the dialog box that is displayed. l Click next to File Name and set the path for saving the file. For other subjects. right-click and choose File > Save As from the shortcut menu. ----End 20. 4 Right-click in the list and choose File > Print Preview from the shortcut menu. 6 Click OK. 2 Choose VLAN from the navigation tree. set the filter criteria or click to display the VLANs.1 Saving Records as a File This topic describes how to save records as a CVS file. For other subjects. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. Ltd. the steps are the same but the navigation path is different. or an HTM (HTML) file. set the parameters. 3 On the VLAN tab page. you can use the records in different file formats. l Set Start Row and End Row. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . 20-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.20 File Operations iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 20. In this case. Context This topic considers VLAN as an example.. Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. the filename.2 Previewing the File Printing Effect This topic describes how to preview the file printing effect so that you can adjust the page settings before printing. 2 Choose VLAN from the navigation tree. Context This topic considers VLAN as an example. 4 In the information list. the file type and encoding.

----End 20. the steps are the same but the navigation path is different. Click Close to close the current dialog box. 2 Choose VLAN from the navigation tree. 3 On the VLAN tab page. 4 Right-click in the list and choose File > Print from the shortcut menu. or adjust the page settings according to the requirements. 6 Click OK. 20-3 . Procedure 1 In the Main Topology. preview the file printing effect. set Start Row and End Row. 6 In the dialog box that is displayed. ----End Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set the filter criteria or click to display the VLANs.. double-click the required UA5000(IPMB) in the Physical Root navigation tree. Context This topic considers VLAN as an example.3 Printing You can print out the records in the U2000 information list to keep the related information of the U2000 and analyze it. or click Print to print the file. click OK. or right-click the required UA5000(IPMB) and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu. Ltd.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 20 File Operations 5 In the dialog box that is displayed. For other subjects. 5 In the dialog box that is displayed. set the parameters.

.

and that the user level meets the requirement of NE maintenance. 21. This operation ensures that the services on the upstream Ethernet port are normal and reliable.2 Measuring the CPU Usage of a Board It is recommended that you measure the CPU usage rat of each board once ever week to rectify the fault of the board whose CPU usage is not in the normal range. 21. it is recommended that you change the password of an NE user periodically instead of using the same password for a long period during maintenance. This operation ensures that the allocated user level can be the same as the user level that is planned and deployed. You can query the NE information. Backing Up. and prevent the potential security risks (such as the DoS attack) during the running of the boards. 21.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 21 Remote Maintenance Guide 21 About This Chapter Remote Maintenance Guide This topic describes the tasks of maintaining the UA5000(IPMB) software through the U2000. 21. and running status. such as the number. type. 21. software version. physical location.7 Saving. Ltd. This operation helps timely detect and solve the problems that may occur when the NEs are running. 21. 21-1 .. and Restoring NE Data Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. This helps you to learn the running status of the boards in time.3 Measuring the Performance of an Upstream Ethernet Port It is recommended that you measure the performance of the upstream Ethernet port once every week.4 Measuring the Usage of NE Resources This topic describes how to measure the resource usage of the NE. 21. MAC address. and the reference standard.1 Monitoring Critical and Major Alarms of NEs It is recommended that you check whether unhandled critical and major alarms persist in the system every day.6 Changing the Password of an NE User To ensure the security of an account. and command reference of the tasks. operation guide. exception handling. rectify the capacity fault.5 Checking the NE User Level It is recommended that you check whether the allocation of the level of the user who configures NEs is correct once every month.

21 Remote Maintenance Guide iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management The topic describes how to save and back up NE data and restore NE data when an NE fails to be upgraded. Ltd. 21-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) .

For details. function classifications. For details. Legend Color Red Orange Yellow Blue Alarm Severity Critical Major Minor Warning Procedure 1 Choose Fault > Browse Current Alarm from the main menu.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 21 Remote Maintenance Guide 21. test. A great number of alarms may be generated during the repair. including setting alarm names. the Filter dialog box is displayed. the alarms are not displayed or saved on the U2000. and deployment of devices. and alarm severity. Generally. l l Reference Standard You can determine the alarm severity according to colors of the alarm legends. see Setting the Default Profile. Prerequisite The hardware for monitoring NE alarms must be configured. Ltd. The following table lists the alarm legends and provides the meanings of the legends. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. This operation helps timely detect and solve the problems that may occur when the NEs are running. see Configuring the Policy of Redefining Alarms and Events. the critical and major alarms should not persist in the system. In this manner.1 Monitoring Critical and Major Alarms of NEs It is recommended that you check whether unhandled critical and major alarms persist in the system every day. You can set the policies for defining alarms according to the extent that the alarms are concerned and the actual requirement. Context l After setting the default profile. For information on how to set and change the default profile. see Configuring the Policy of Masking Alarms and Events. such as an environment monitoring unit (EMU) and sensors. In this case. you can mask the alarms that are irrelevant. Then. choose Fault > Browse Current Alarm from the main menu to display the required alarm information directly. 21-3 .

Handle the alarm according to the suggestions.21 Remote Maintenance Guide NOTE iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management l If you already set the default template for the current alarms. l l If All objects is selected. set the parameters required for querying alarms. set the alarm source information for querying alarms. set the mode for filtering alarms. 2 On the Basic Setting tab. You can also choose Template > Open to query the device alarms by selecting the new alarm profile. click Add to filter the concerned alarm source according to Object below NE and Object Group. These parameters are optional. such as the alarm name. without the displaying of the Filter dialog box. 3 On the Alarm Source tab. The alarm information is displayed in Alarm Details in the lower pane and the cause of the alarm and handling suggestions are displayed in Handling Suggestion. status. and type. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l You can choose Template > New in the lower pane to create an alarm profile and set the device alarm parameters.. Ltd. ----End Exception Handling l Select a fault alarm that is not recovered. severity. 4 Click OK to display the required critical and major alarms. the alarms that meet the default template criteria are directly displayed. If Custom is selected. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) 21-4 . it indicates that alarms are not filtered and all alarms of the alarm source are queried. In the Select Mode area.

Query the alarm history Query the basic information about alarms Query the alarm configuratio n Query the alarm statistics Query the information about the existing alarms in the system Run the Command. and then choose Experience. User mode User mode display alarm configuration User mode display alarm statistics User mode display alarm active Privilege mode 21. right-click. The procedure of synchronizing information is as follows: Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 21 Remote Maintenance Guide l Record the critical alarms that occur frequently at recent time and their recovery information. This helps you to learn the running status of the boards in time. 21-5 Issue 03 (2010-11-19) .2 Measuring the CPU Usage of a Board It is recommended that you measure the CPU usage rat of each board once ever week to rectify the fault of the board whose CPU usage is not in the normal range... To enter the maintenance experience.. If the attributes of NE resources change. Prerequisite l l You must have Create a Performance Measurement Task.. and analyze potential risks that may exist in the system. which helps locate and troubleshoot the similar faults that occur. it is recommended that you record the detailed handling measures. and prevent the potential security risks (such as the DoS attack) during the running of the boards. select the alarm. rectify the capacity fault.. contact Huawei technical support engineers. you need to perform synchronize to keep the data of the NE and performance management module the same and then perform query . Related Commands To. For details. display alarm history display alarm list In. If the fault persists. Handle the alarms according to the cause and handling suggestions. NOTE l For an alarm that is handled successfully. Ltd. the collection of performance data is abnormal. Otherwise .. see How to Obtain Technical Support from Huawei..

select the required profile. Recent 1 month. 4 In the Show Type drop-down list. The high CPU usage of a board occurs only when the board data is being written to the flash memory of the control board or is being saved. On the Main Topology tab. In the dialog box that is displayed. select the NE type. right-click the monitoring instance. Recent 1 week. and click time period can be 1 year. 2. Context Only the control boards and service boards support this operation. click Template > Query by Template. or Custom Define. 3 Click Filter. 5 In the area. 7 Click in the right side of the window to expand the Option area box. and then import the profile to query the performance statistics. Time period can be set as Recent 1 hour. select the indicators for the selected resources. Reference Standard l l The CPU usage ranges from 0% to 100%. Recent 1 year. The resources and the corresponding indicators associated with the selected resources is displayed. 8 In the buttom of the pane.. In the Performance Monitoring Management tab. to select the start and end time period. Procedure 1 Choose Performance > Browse History Performance Data from the main menu. and then choose Synchronize NE Data. Recent 12 hours. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . and select Synchronization Resource. 2 Choose Performance Management > Card > Access NE Card > Board Health from the navigation tree. select the time period. 9 Select the Option check box and in the Time drop-down list. right-click. Choose Performance > Performance Monitor Management from the main menu. The dialog is displayed. 6 Click . Click OK. select an NE from the Physical Root navigation tree. 2. The CPU usage of a board that runs normally does not exceed 70%. select the graph type as Single Resource Graph. select the resource name. Ltd. NOTE Maximum 10 indicators can be selected at a time. In the Available Resources area in the right pane. to move the resources to the Selected Resources area. The high CPU usage usually lasts less than 60s. The maximum Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 21-6 Select Custom Define. 1. NOTE If the query profile is created.21 Remote Maintenance Guide iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 1. Recent 1 day.

and 30 minutes. and 30 minutes. <. >=. select the granularity period. 3.. 10 minutes. 1. 1 hour. >. or !=. For details. l If the fault persists. 10 minutes. 15 minutes. Click OK. – Whether the DoS attack exists. 15 minutes. NOTE For custom define. l Recent 1 year: 1 day. the granularity can be selected based on the time period selected. check the following items: – Whether the data configuration of the device is proper. contact Huawei technical support engineers. 15 minutes. Ltd. 11 Optional: Click Advance. 2. 10 In the Granularity drop-down list. – Whether the networking is proper and whether a larger number of broadcast packets are generated due to the existing loop networks. see How to Obtain Technical Support from Huawei. Based on the time period. 1 day. 1 hour and 1 day. granularity can be one of the following: l Recent 1 hour: 5 minutes. there is no need to proceed. 21-7 . 1 hour. 30 minutes. and 30 minutes. l Recent 1 month: 1 day. 10 minutes. 10 minutes. If the CPU usage of a board is frequently over-high. <=. it is recommended that you decrease the number of users or increase the capacity of the system.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management NOTE 21 Remote Maintenance Guide Start time period should be earlier than end time period. and set the filter conditions for the indicators. Operator can be set as =. If the data configuration is improper. Select the Operator and set the Value for the corresponding indicators. select the logic type as AND or OR. 14 Click OK to get the performance data based on the filter conditions set for one graph one resource. ----End Exception Handling l l If the CPU usage of a board is temporarily over-high. l Recent 1 week: 1 hour. which may lead to the high CPU usage. 15 minutes. l Recent 12 hours: 5 minutes. l Custom Define: 5 minutes. l Recent 1 day: 5 minutes. In the Logic Type drop-down list. 12 Optional: Click Save as Query Template to save a new or an existing template as a new template. The solution is to enable the anti-DoS attack function. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 13 Optional: Click Cancel to cancel the operation.

right-click the monitoring instance. Ltd. select the graph type as Single Resource Graph. The procedure of synchronizing information is as follows: 1. 3 Click Filter. Prerequisite l l You must have Create a Performance Measurement Task. Procedure 1 Choose Performance > Browse History Performance Data from the main menu. and select Synchronization Resource. 2 Choose Performance Management > Port > Access Ethernet Port > Ethernet Port from the navigation tree. you need to perform synchronize to keep the data of the NE and performance management module the same and then perform query . Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . 21-8 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. a small number of frames with cyclical redundancy check (CRC) errors and a few packet loss errors exist and the traffic transmission is stable. right-click. Reference Standard In the statistics of the upstream Ethernet port... Otherwise . 4 In the Show Type drop-down list... select an NE from the Physical Root navigation tree.21 Remote Maintenance Guide iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management Related Commands To. On the Main Topology tab. and then import the profile to query the performance statistics. NOTE If the query profile is created. Query the CPU usage of a board Run the Command. click Template > Query by Template. The resources and the corresponding indicators associated with the selected resources is displayed. If the attributes of NE resources change.. the collection of performance data is abnormal. Choose Performance > Performance Monitor Management from the main menu. and then choose Synchronize NE Data. select the required profile. 2. display cpu In. This operation ensures that the services on the upstream Ethernet port are normal and reliable... In the dialog box that is displayed.3 Measuring the Performance of an Upstream Ethernet Port It is recommended that you measure the performance of the upstream Ethernet port once every week. In the Performance Monitoring Management tab. The dialog is displayed. Privilege mode 21.

15 minutes. to move the resources to the Selected Resources area. 1 hour.. select the indicators for the selected resources. 10 minutes. 1 hour and 1 day. 14 Optional: Click Cancel to cancel the operation. <=. >. 3. 8 Click in the right side of the window to expand the Option area box. Select Custom Define. Ltd. Select the Operator and set the Value for the corresponding indicators. select the granularity period. and 30 minutes. l Recent 1 month: 1 day. l Custom Define: 5 minutes. l Recent 1 week: 1 hour. Click OK. NOTE For custom define. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Recent 1 day. 15 minutes. In the Logic Type drop-down list. Recent 1 year. 12 Optional: Click Advance. >=. 6 In the area. 10 Select the Option check box and in the Time drop-down list. l Recent 1 year: 1 day. 1 hour. Recent 1 week. or !=. 2.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 21 Remote Maintenance Guide 5 Click in the right side of the window to expand the Available Resources area box. Recent 1 month. select the logic type as AND or OR. 15 minutes. l Recent 12 hours: 5 minutes. 2. and click time period can be 1 year. Recent 12 hours. 11 In the Granularity drop-down list. Time period can be set as Recent 1 hour. 10 minutes. 1. NOTE Maximum 10 indicators can be selected at a time. Based on the time period. Operator can be set as =. the granularity can be selected based on the time period selected. In the Available Resources area in the right pane. 30 minutes. 10 minutes. Click OK. and set the filter conditions for the indicators. 15 minutes. The maximum Start time period should be earlier than end time period. <. 1. 7 Click . 13 Optional: Click Save as Query Template to save a new or an existing template as a new template. NOTE to select the start and end time period. and 30 minutes. or Custom Define. l Recent 1 day: 5 minutes. 9 In the buttom of the pane. granularity can be one of the following: l Recent 1 hour: 5 minutes. 1 day. 10 minutes. 21-9 . select the time period. select the NE type. and 30 minutes. select the resource name.

EAU mode and GAU mode 21. Prerequisite The NE must be added to the U2000 successfully. MAC address. such as the number. ----End Exception Handling l If a large number of frames with CRC errors exist or the traffic on an Ethernet port is low in a certain period. 2 Click the NE Statistics tab.. If a large number of packets are lost.4 Measuring the Usage of NE Resources This topic describes how to measure the resource usage of the NE. Ltd. You can query the NE information. see How to Obtain Technical Support from Huawei. physical location. 1. Procedure 1 Choose Inventory > Physical Inventory > NE from the main menu.. 21-10 . If the fault persists. Software Version. check whether the line quality is poor or whether any Ethernet port of the device is faulty. 2. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. GPON mode. replace the port to prevent the communication failure caused by the port fault. type. IPM mode . or Customize from the Statistics Type drop-down list. Select Software Version from the Statistics Type drop-down list... and running status.21 Remote Maintenance Guide iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 15 Click OK to get the performance data based on the filter conditions set for one graph one resource. contact Huawei technical support engineers. Select NE Type from the Statistics Type drop-down list and click Count.. display port statistics In. For details. l l l Related Commands To. and click Count. EPON mode. The number of NEs of different software versions corresponding to different NE types is displayed in the information list in the lower pane. Select NE Type. The number of NEs of different software versions is displayed in the information list in the lower pane. If the fault persists. Select NE Type+Software Version from the Statistics Type drop-down list and click Count.. The number of NEs of different types is displayed in the information list in the lower pane. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) 3.. software version. Query the statistics of an Ethernet port Run the Command. check whether the traffic suppression function is enabled. NE Type+Software Version.

21-11 . click New. Click OK in the Save Options dialog box to save the report to the specified path. and then click OK to print the report. 4 Select the required record from the NE list. html and xls files. l Issue 03 (2010-11-19) A common user can perform basic system operations and simple query operations.) Run the Command. status. click add the selected measurement item to the Combined Item area. click OK. NOTE The reports can be saved as txt. ----End Command Reference To. set File Name. Click OK.. In the dialog box that is displayed. In the New Customize NE Statistics Type dialog box. xls. Query the details of a board (After performing an operation on a board. daughter board information. and then you can perform the following operations: l Choose Save As.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 21 Remote Maintenance Guide 4. enter the name of the measurement item to be customized in the Custom Name text box in the Customize NE Statistics Type area. Context Users are divided into four levels by rights. User mode 21. administrator. operator. Then. Select Customize. In the Customize NE Statistics Type dialog box. the common user. and then click Save... set Start Row and End Row. display board In. In the dialog box that is displayed. and then next to File Name. This operation ensures that the allocated user level can be the same as the user level that is planned and deployed... set Start Row and End Row. and superuser. you can query the details of the board. port information and online status. l Choose Print. select the NE to be measured. In the dialog box that is displayed. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In the dialog box that is displayed. that is.. Ltd. name. and then click OK. and that the user level meets the requirement of NE maintenance. File click Type and Encoding. select the measurement item to be customized..5 Checking the NE User Level It is recommended that you check whether the allocation of the level of the user who configures NEs is correct once every month. 3 Click next to Statistics Scope. In the Basic Item area. to 5. such as the slot number.

. Procedure 1 Choose Administration > NE Security Management > LCT User Management from the main menu. For details. see How to Obtain Technical Support from Huawei. user account.6 Changing the Password of an NE User To ensure the security of an account. User mode Privilege mode 21. right-click the record to be queried in the list on the NE User tab. Query the NE user level Modify the NE user level Run the Command. click Filter to display the NE users that meet the filtering criteria. The user rights are allocated properly. Ltd. contact Huawei technical support engineers. l If the fault persists.. and can meet the requirement of NE maintenance. Being the top-level user in the system. 21-12 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. click the NE User tab. 4 Query the level of the NE user in the Level column in the list. the superuser can add an administrator and has all the rights of the administrator. The administrator is responsible for maintaining the device. 3 Select the required device type from the Device Type drop-down list. An administrator can perform all configurations.21 Remote Maintenance Guide iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management l l l An operator can perform basic configurations for the device and services.. Reference Standard The level of the user who configures NEs is the same as the level that is planned and deployed. 2 In the LCT Management window. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) .. display terminal user terminal user level In. Then. and rights to manage devices.. The superuser is unique in the system. Related Commands To.. ----End Exception Handling l If the allocation of the NE user level is improper. NOTE Only the user with the administrator or higher-level right can modify the NE user level. it is recommended that you change the password of an NE user periodically instead of using the same password for a long period during maintenance.. and then select Configure to modify the NE user level. The information about all the users of the selected device type is displayed in the list.

terminal user password In. For information on how to contact Huawei technical support engineers. In this case.. NOTE The password consists of 1 to 15 characters. see How to Obtain Technical Support from Huawei. 5 Click OK... Reference Standard You can log in to an NE by using the new password.. the U2000 displays a message indicating the failure. Related Commands To. Procedure 1 Choose Administration > NE Security Management > LCT User Management from the main menu. ----End Exception Handling l l If the password fails to be changed. All the users on this type of devices are displayed in the user list. If the problem persists. Click Find to display the required users. and then choose Set Password. Ltd.. and then select the required device type from the Device Type dropdown list. check whether the password is correct according to the message. 3 Select one or more records from the user list. set a new password.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 21 Remote Maintenance Guide Prerequisite You must be an NMS user with the Security Manager User authority or higher. 21-13 . 2 Click the NE User tab. Change the password of an NE user Run the Command. contact Huawei technical support engineers.. right-click.. Privilege mode Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 4 In the Set Password dialog box as shown in the following figure.

1 Configuring the FTP. Saving and Backing Up the NE Data by Using the Default Policy This topic describes how to save and back up the NE data periodically by using the default policy.1.1. Backing Up. for example. SFTP.3 Checking the Backup of the NE Configuration Data It is recommended that you check whether the NE configuration data is backed up successfully once every week. SFTP.7. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . The TFTP/FTP/SFTP service must be configured and run in the normal state. 21. Impact on the System The backup has certain impact on the running rate of the NE. you can save and back up the NE data at a fixed time. 21. 21-14 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Procedure 1 Choose Administration > NE Software Management > Default Policy from the main menu.2 Saving and Backing Up NE Data Immediately The DC can save and back up NE data periodically or immediately to meet the requirements in different scenarios.7 Saving. Thus.. the system can be restored to the normal state. see 1.7. and Restoring NE Data The topic describes how to save and back up NE data and restore NE data when an NE fails to be upgraded. 21. 21. it is recommended that you back up the NE data when the NE carries minimum traffic. or TFTP Service (Linux).7. For details. or TFTP Service (Solaris) and 1.1. Prerequisite l l l The DCServer process runs in the normal state. Hence. This operation helps you to restore the recent system data in time in the case that an expected fault occurs in the system.1 Saving and Backing Up the NE Data Periodically The DC saves and backs up data periodically according to the default policy or user-defined policy and thus helps to restore and load the data in future.2 Configuring the FTP. The communication between the NE and the U2000 must be in the normal state. which facilitates the restoring and loading of the NE data. Ltd.21 Remote Maintenance Guide iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 21.3 Configuring the FTP. at 2:00 a.1 Saving and Backing Up the NE Data Periodically The DC saves and backs up data periodically according to the default policy or user-defined policy and thus helps to restore and load the data in future. 1.7. or TFTP Service (Windows).4 Restoring the NE Data Immediately The DC can restore the history backup data after a NE is selected. This operation ensures that the NE data can be restored if the system upgrade fails or any problems occur.m. SFTP. Thus.7. the impact on users is minimized. 21. Therefore.

and then configure the backup policy of the NE..iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 21 Remote Maintenance Guide 2 Click the Backup Policy tab. l If Policy Status is set to Suspended. as shown in the following figure. 21-15 . Ltd. as shown in the following figure. and the policy is still suspended. the DC backs up NEs at the specified time. and then configure the save policy of the NE. 3 Click the Save Policy tab. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. NOTE l If Policy Status is set to Running. the DC does not back up NEs even if the policy period reaches the specified time.

21 Remote Maintenance Guide iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management NOTE l If Policy Status is set to Running. click OK. and the policy is still suspended. Configure the conditional backup function of the automatic backup Configure the periodical backup function of the automatic backup Run the Command.. auto-backup condition In. the DC does not save NEs even if the policy period reaches the specified time.. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) ... the DC saves NEs at the specified time. ----End Related Commands To.. 5 In the Operation Result dialog box. Global config mode auto-backup period Global config mode 21-16 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l If Policy Status is set to Suspended. Ltd... 4 Click OK to complete the configurations of the save and backup policies.

at 2:00 a. Impact on the System The backup has certain impact on the running rate of the NE. as shown in the following figure. you can save and back up the required NE data at a fixed time. Hence. Prerequisite l l l The DCServer process runs in the normal state. For details.1 Configuring the FTP. SFTP. therefore. 3 Click Next and the User-Defined Policy dialog box is displayed. Ltd. Procedure 1 Choose Administration > NE Software Management > User-Defined Policy from the main menu. Context You can configure the save and backup policies for a single NE or for multiple NEs simultaneously. Choose one or multiple NEs to be configured with the save and backup policies from the navigation tree under the NE Version drop-down list. 21-17 . or TFTP Service (Solaris) and 1. see 1. SFTP.2 Configuring the FTP.1. The communication between the NE and the U2000 must be in the normal state.m. 1. 2 Select the NE type and NE version to be configured with the save and backup policies as required. Optional: Select the required NE version from the NE Version drop-down list. 1. SFTP. Select the required NE type from the NE Type drop-down list. which facilitates the restoring and loading of the NE data. or TFTP Service (Linux).1.. or TFTP Service (Windows).iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 21 Remote Maintenance Guide Saving and Backing Up the NE Data by Using the Customized Policy This topic describes how to save and back up the NE data periodically by using the customized policy. it is recommended that you back up the NE data when the NE carries minimum traffic. 2.1. 4 Click the Backup Policy tab. The TFTP/FTP/SFTP service must be configured and run in the normal state. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 3. The User-Defined Policy dialog box is displayed.3 Configuring the FTP. for example. and then configure the backup policy of the NE.

21-18 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 5 Click the Save Policy tab. the DC backs up NEs at the specified time. the DC does not back up NEs even if the policy period reaches the specified time. and the policy is still suspended..21 Remote Maintenance Guide iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management NOTE l If Policy Status is set to Running. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . as shown in the following figure. and then configure the save policy of the NE. Ltd. l If Policy Status is set to Suspended.

click OK... the DC does not save NEs even if the policy period reaches the specified time... Global config mode Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. l If Policy Status is set to Suspended.. 21-19 .iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 21 Remote Maintenance Guide NOTE l If Policy Status is set to Running. the DC save NEs at the specified time. auto-backup condition In. and the policy is still suspended. 6 Click Finish to complete the configurations of the save and backup policies. Ltd. Configure the conditional backup function of the automatic backup Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Run the Command.. 7 In the Operation Result dialog box. ----End Related Commands To.

all the NEs of this version are displayed in the NE list in the NE View window in the right pane.7. NOTE You can save the NE data for only one or multiple NEs of the same type at a time.2 Saving and Backing Up NE Data Immediately The DC can save and back up NE data periodically or immediately to meet the requirements in different scenarios... click Find in the NE View window in the right pane.. Global config mode 21. Saving the NE Data Immediately Through the DC. 4 Select one or multiple records from the NE list in the NE View window in the right pane.. select one or multiple records need to be saved. This meets the requirements of different application scenarios. Ltd. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . you can save the related NE data periodically. auto-backup period In. and then click Start to save the NE data. and expand the UA5000(IPMB) NE node from the NE navigation tree.21 Remote Maintenance Guide iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management To. Context NOTE The manual saving task cannot be interrupted after it is started. You can also save the NE data immediately. Prerequisite l l The communication between the NE and the U2000 must be in the normal state.. all the NEs of this type are displayed in the NE list in the NE View window in the right pane.. If a NE version is selected in a certain NE type node. rightclick. 5 In the dialog box that is displayed. ----End 21-20 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and then choose Save. Procedure 1 Choose Administration > NE Software Management > NE Data Backup/Restoration from the main menu. 2 Click l l . 6 The saving process and the operation results are displayed in the Operation Status of the list. Configure the periodical backup function of the automatic backup Run the Command. If a certain NE type is selected. 3 Optional: To locate a specific NE.. The DCServer process runs in the normal state.

1. or TFTP Service (Solaris) and 1. l Context NOTE After a manual backup task is started. 21-21 Issue 03 (2010-11-19) .iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 21 Remote Maintenance Guide Related Commands To. You can also back up the NE data immediately.. at 2:00 a. you can back up the NE data periodically. Privilege mode save data Privilege mode save configuration Privilege mode Backing Up the NE Data Immediately Through the DC. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. 1. If a certain NE type is selected.m.1. it cannot be stopped. Prerequisite l l l The DCServer process runs in the normal state.3 Configuring the FTP. For details. all the NEs of this type are displayed in the NE list in the NE View window in the right pane. SFTP. see 1. To back up the NE data to the U2000 client. the SFTP server must be configured and the SFTP service must be in the running state. Therefore. and expand the UA5000(IPMB) NE node from the NE navigation tree. 2 Click l . SFTP. This meets the requirements of different application scenarios... SFTP. Impact on the System The backup has certain impact on the running rate of the NE. or TFTP Service (Linux). save In. Ltd.. Procedure 1 Choose Administration > NE Software Management > NE Data Backup/Restoration from the main menu.. Save the current database file and configuration file of the system Save the current database file of the system Save the current configuration file of the system Run the Command.. The TFTP/FTP/SFTP service must be configured and run in the normal state.1. or TFTP Service (Windows).1 Configuring the FTP.2 Configuring the FTP. it is recommended that you back up the NE data when the device carries minimum traffic. for example. The communication between the device and the U2000 must be in the normal state.

. all the NEs of this version are displayed in the NE list in the NE View window in the right pane. Privilege mode 21-22 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. click Same as first Content Type in the upper right corner of the Backup dialog box. ----End Related Commands To. 3 Optional: To locate a specific NE. 7 The backup process and the operation results are displayed in the Operation Status of the list. click Find in the NE View window in the right pane. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . backup data In. rightclick..21 Remote Maintenance Guide iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management l If a NE version is selected in a certain NE type node. Ltd. 6 Click Start to back up the NE data.. and then choose Backup or click Backup in the lower pane. 5 In the dialog box as shown in the following figure.. the information about the backup file is displayed on the Backup Information tab. NOTE You can back up the NE data for only one or multiple NEs of the same type at a time. In this manner.. you can configure the backup file with the same content for multiple NEs at a time rather than configure the backup files one by one. Back up the database file manually Run the Command. set the parameters related to backing up the NE data immediately. If the backup is successful. 4 Select one or more records from the NE list in the NE View window in the right pane. NOTE To back up the data for multiple NEs of the same type...

For information on how to restore the NE data... and then set other filtering criteria to display the required log that records backup operations (the filtering criteria items are optional).. Ltd.3 Checking the Backup of the NE Configuration Data It is recommended that you check whether the NE configuration data is backed up successfully once every week.7. you need not manually back up data every day and need only to check the backup once every week. and the backup database file exists in the specified path. 3 In the Filter Log dialog box.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 21 Remote Maintenance Guide To. This operation helps you to restore the recent system data in time in the case that an expected fault occurs in the system. Thus. Context l The UA5000(IPMB) supports the saving and backing up of the database file. Back up the configuratio n file manually Back up the data to the backup server manually Run the Command. you can download the file saved on the specified file server to the UA5000(IPMB). The U2000 supports the function of transferring the database file of the UA5000(IPMB) in the FTP/TFTP/SFTP mode. This ensures that the system can be restored in the case that an expected fault occurs in the system. To back up the data. NOTE After the backup policy is configured successfully. as shown in the following figure. backup configuration In. click Filter. The Filter Log dialog box is displayed.. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. select Backup from the Operation Type drop-down list. Procedure 1 Choose Administration > NE Software Management > NE Software Log Management from the main menu.. you can upload the file saved on the UA5000(IPMB) to a specified file server. the impact on users is minimized. Prerequisite The parameters for periodically backing up the NE data must be set. 2 In the NE Software Log Management window. l Reference Standard No backup failure is recorded in the log. 21-23 . see Restoring the NE Data Immediately. Privilege mode auto-backup manual Global config mode 21.. To restore the data.

The information about the backup operation logs is displayed in the information list... locate the cause of the backup failure and modify the settings according to the cause. Related Commands To. If the data is backed up in the FTP/TFTP/SFTP mode. take measures according to the information displayed in the Details column. – Whether the entered IP address of the FTP/TFTP/SFTP server is correct. l l If the automatic backup fails. view the directory for saving backup files in the File Path column. display log In. You can determine whether the database is backed up successfully by viewing the Result column in the information list. ----End Exception Handling l If Failure is displayed in the Result column. If the fault persists. – Whether the FTP/TFTP/SFTP program is running on the backup server. Ltd..21 Remote Maintenance Guide iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 4 Click OK. contact Huawei technical support engineers. back up the data manually. That is. check the following items: – Whether you can ping through the IP address of the maintenance network port on the control board or the IP address of a layer 3 interface of a VLAN from the FTP/TFTP/ SFTP server. If Success is displayed in the Result column.. check whether the communication between the UA5000(IPMB) and the U2000 is normal.. For details. User mode 21-24 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) ... Query user logs Run the Command. see How to Obtain Technical Support from Huawei. In addition. – Whether the path in the FTP/TFTP/SFTP program is set correctly.

. and there must be no packet loss in the network. or TFTP Service (Solaris) and 1.. SFTP. see 1.1 Configuring the FTP. Context NOTE After a manual restoring task is started. Prerequisite l l l The DCServer process runs in the normal state. This operation ensures that the NE data can be restored if the system upgrade fails or any problems occur. or TFTP Service (Linux). display file-server file-server In.1.. SFTP.1. and then choose Recover or click Recover in the lower pane. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. If you copy only a certain backup file.7. 1. copy the directory where the backup files exist..iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 21 Remote Maintenance Guide To. 4 Select one or multiple records from the NE list in the NE View window in the right pane. all the NEs of this version are displayed in the NE list in the NE View window in the right pane. all the NEs of this type are displayed in the NE list in the NE View window in the right pane.. rightclick.4 Restoring the NE Data Immediately The DC can restore the history backup data after a NE is selected.. The TFTP/FTP/SFTP service must be configured and run in the normal state. the SFTP server must be configured and the SFTP service must be in the running state. If a NE version is selected in a certain NE type node. Procedure 1 Choose Administration > NE Software Management > NE Data Backup/Restoration from the main menu. Thus. Ltd. click Find in the NE View window in the right pane. or TFTP Service (Windows).1. Query the file server Configure the file server Run the Command. The NE data must be backed up to the NMS server. the system can be restored to the normal state..3 Configuring the FTP. The communication between the NE and the U2000 must be in the normal state. 21-25 . it cannot be stopped.2 Configuring the FTP. For details. l To restore the NE data by selecting the history file on the U2000 client. the file is invalid when the NE data is recovered. NOTE l To copy the backup files that contain the NE data to another path. and expand the UA5000(IPMB) NE node from the NE navigation tree. 3 Optional: To locate a specific NE. 2 Click l l . Privilege mode Privilege mode 21. If a certain NE type is selected. SFTP.

l No Reboot: Start the recover operation without rebooting the NE.. the service of the selected NE(s) is interrupted. Load the configuratio n file Load the database file 21-26 Run the Command. you can configure multiple NEs with the same board type or activation type at a time rather than restore the NE data one by one. load configuration In. 7 In the Operation Confirmation dialog box.. the restoring process and result are displayed.21 Remote Maintenance Guide NOTE iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management You can restore the NE data for only one or multiple NEs of the same type at a time. l To restore the data for multiple NEs of the same type. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . set the parameters related to restoring the NE data immediately. ----End Related Commands To. NOTE l The activation types are No Reboot and With Service Interruption.... click Yes. In this manner. 8 In the Operation Status column of the NE list. l With Service Interruption: If the operation is successful. click Same as first Board or Same as first Activate Type in the upper right corner of the Recover dialog box. 5 In the dialog box that is displayed.. 6 Click Start to restore the history backup data of the selected NE.. Ltd. Privilege mode load data Privilege mode Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

Ltd..iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management 21 Remote Maintenance Guide Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 21-27 .

.

Remote end B BRAS BRA BRI Broadband Remote Access Server Basic Rate Access Basic Rate Interface C CAR CAS CBR CES Committed Access Rate Channel Associated Signaling Constant Bit Rate Circuit Emulation Service Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Central office end ADSL Transceiver Unit. A-1 ..iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management A Acronyms and Abbreviations A A AAA AAL1 AAL5 ABR ADSL ANSI ATM ATU-C ATU-R Acronyms and Abbreviations The following table describes the acronyms and abbreviations used in the UA5000(IPMB) Configuration Guide. Authentication. Ltd. Authorization and Accounting ATM Adaptation Layer Type 1 ATM Adaptation Layer Type 5 Available Bit Rate Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line American National Standard Institute Asynchronous Transfer Mode ADSL Transceiver Unit.

Issue 03 (2010-11-19) .. Ltd.A Acronyms and Abbreviations iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management CDVT CLP CLR CS CTC CTD Cell Delay Variation Tolerance Cell Loss Priority Cell Loss Rate Convergence Sub layer Common Transmit Clock Cell Transfer Delay D DCE DDN DSLAM DTE Data Communications Equipment Digital Data Network Digital Subscriber Line Access Multiplexer Digital Terminal Equipment E EMU EPD ESC Environment Monitor Unit Early Packet Discard Environment Supervision Circuit F FE FEBE FR FTP Far End Far End Bit Error Frame Relay File Transfer Protocol G GMII Gigabit Media Independent Interface H HDLC HEC High-Level Data Link Control Header Error Control I A-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

Ltd.iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management A Acronyms and Abbreviations IAD ICMP IMA IPoA ISDN ISP IWF Integrated Access Device Internet Control Message Protocol Inverse Multiplexing over ATM Internet Protocols Over ATM Integrated Service Digital Network Internet Service Provider Inter Working Function L LAN LOF LOS Local Area Network Loss of Frame Loss of Signal M MA MAC MBS MIB MMX MTU Media Service Access Media Access Control Maximum Burst Size Management Information Base Main Multiplexer Card Maximum Transmission Unit N NE NMS NNI nrt-VBR Network Element Network Management Station Network Node Interface Non-Real-Time Variable Bit Rate O OAM OC-3 OLT ONU Operations. A-3 .. Administration. and Maintenance Optical Carrier Level 3 Optical Line Terminal Optical Network Unit Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

.A Acronyms and Abbreviations iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management P PBX PCM PCR POTS PPD PPP PPPoE PRA PRI PSTN PVC PVP Private Branch Exchange Pulse Code Modulation Peak Cell Rate Plain Old Telephone Service Partial Packet Discard Point-to-Point Protocol PPP Over Ethernet Primary Rate Access Primary Rate Interface Public Switched Telephone Network Permanent Virtual Connection Permanent Virtual Path Q QoS Quality of Service R RADIUS RTU rt-VBR Remote Authentication Dial In User Service Remote Terminal Unit Real-Time Variable Bit Rate S SAR SCR SDH SNMP SRA STM-1 STM-4 STS-3 Segmentation and Reassembly Sustainable Cell Rate Synchronous Digital Hierarchy Simple Network Management Protocol Seamless Rate Adaptive Synchronous Transport Module-1 Synchronous Transport Module-4 Synchronous Transport Signal Level 3 A-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 03 (2010-11-19) . Ltd.

A-5 . Ltd..iManager U2000 Unified Network Management System Operation Guide for UA5000-IPMB NE Management A Acronyms and Abbreviations T TDM TFTP Time Division Multiplex Trivial File Transfer Protocol U UBR UDT UNI UPC UTOPIA Unspecified Bit Rate Unstructured Data Transfer User Network Interface Usage Parameter Control Universal Test&Operations PHY Interface for ATM V VBR VCI VCL VLAN VPDN VPI Variable Bit Rate Virtual Channel Identifier Virtual Channel Link Virtual Local Area Network Virtual Private Data Network Virtual Path Identifier Issue 03 (2010-11-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.